Quarterlytics / Financial Services / AJ Bell

AJ Bell

ajb · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker ajb
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · AJ Bell
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Invest in the life  
you want to live

A

J

B

e

l

l

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

fi

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

s

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

2

0

1

9

AJ Bell plc 
Annual report and financial statements 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contents

Highlights

Strategic report
04  At a glance
06  Chairman’s statement
08  Chief Executive Officer’s review
12  Market overview
14  Our business model
16  Strategy in action
18  Key performance indicators
20  Our people
22  Corporate social responsibility
24 
27  Risk management
30  Principal risks and uncertainties
35  Viability statement

Financial review

Governance
38  Chairman’s introduction
40  Board of Directors
42  Executive Management Board
44  Corporate Governance report
48  Nomination Committee report
50  Audit Committee report
54  Risk and Compliance Committee report
56  Directors’ Remuneration report
72  Directors’ report
75  Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Independent Auditor’s report

Financial statements
78 
83  Consolidated income statement
84  Consolidated statement of financial position
85  Consolidated statement of changes in equity
86  Consolidated statement of cash flows
87  Notes to the consolidated financial statements
113  Company statement of financial position
114  Company statement of changes in equity
115  Notes to the Company financial statements

Other information
122  Unaudited five-year summary
123  Glossary
124  Definitions
IBC  Company information

Assets under administration

£52.3bn
 13%

Platform

Non-platform

£44.9bn

£38.6bn

£7.5bn

£7.4bn

2018

2019

Number of retail customers

232,066
 17%

Platform

218,169

Non-platform

183,213

14,699

13,897

2018

2019

Revenue

Profit before tax

£104.9m £37.7m

(30 September 2018: £89.7m)

(30 September 2018: £28.4m)

 17%

 33%

Total ordinary dividend

Diluted earnings per share

4.83p

7.47p

(30 September 2018: 3.70p*)

(30 September 2018: 5.63p)

 31%

 33%

For more information visit: 

www.ajbell.co.uk/investor-relations

* 

restated following share reorganisation, see Note 22.

A platform for growth

“Invest in the life you want to live” is more 
than just a strapline; it’s about our fundamental 
focus on supporting our customers in reaching 
their long-term financial goals.

We do this by ensuring our investment platform 
is one of the easiest to use, our products are 
designed so that they are aligned with our 
customers’ needs and our costs are kept 
consistently low.

AJ Bell  |  Annual report and financial statements 2019

01

Strategic  
report

04  At a glance
06  Chairman’s statement
08  Chief Executive Officer’s review
12  Market overview
14  Our business model
16  Strategy in action
18  Key performance indicators
20  Our people
22  Corporate social responsibility
24  Financial review
27  Risk management
30  Principal risks and uncertainties
35  Viability statement

02

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 201903

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019At a glance

At the heart of our business is a clear and  
succinct purpose – we help people to invest. 

What we do
We want to make investing as easy as possible for our customers to 
enable them to invest in the life they want to live and ultimately to 
realise their financial goals.

What we offer
As one of the largest investment platforms in the UK, based on the value  
of our AUA, we operate successfully in both the advised and D2C areas of  
the platform market through our flagship platform propositions.

Our platform propositions

Our other products and services

In addition to our platform propositions,  
we offer four non-platform services:

AJ Bell Platinum:  
Provides adviser-led and D2C pension 
administration services to customers with 
bespoke SIPP and SSAS accounts.

AJ Bell Media:  
Publishes Shares magazine and other 
proprietary investment content to support 
our platform propositions.

White label SIPP administration:  
Branded to Barclays Smart Investor and 
Halifax Share Dealing.

AJ Bell Securities stockbroking:  
Provides dealing, settlement and custody 
services to institutional investment businesses.

AJ Bell Investcentre is an investment 
platform proposition for regulated financial 
advisers and wealth managers providing 
a suite of products, services, investment 
solutions and online tools to help manage 
their retail customers’ portfolios. 

AJ Bell Youinvest is an investment platform 
proposition for execution-only retail customers 
which includes the provision of proprietary 
investment content and investment solutions 
through our in-house funds, Ready-made 
portfolios and selected fund ideas via the AJ 
Bell Favourite funds list.

Customers

98,056

(30 September 2018: 88,685)

 11%

AUA

£33.8bn

(30 September 2018: £29.9bn)

 13%

Customers

120,113

(30 September 2018: 94,555)

 27%

AUA

£11.1bn

(30 September 2018: £8.7bn)

 28%

853

employees

2

offices

232,066

customers

£52.3bn

AUA

04

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019How we do it
The AJ Bell Way is a structured framework, informed by our guiding 
principles, that aids the development of our strategy and is the primary 
tool used for communicating that strategy to all key stakeholders.

The AJ Bell Way

Our cu

sto

s :  m a t ch our custom

m

e

r

s

ers’ n

e

r   g u i d ing principles

u

O

We help 
people to 
invest

e

d

s

y

s
a
e
g
n
i
t
s
e
v

W e make in

h
t
w
o
Gr

p l e  

Our p e o
Propositi o

n

H
i
g
h

q
u

a

l

i

t

y

O
u

r

t

e

c

h

n

o

l

o

g

y

s

e

r

v

i
c

e

Price: highly co m p e t i ti v

e

Finance and ass u r a n c

e  

Our customers
We help people to invest but will not provide 
personal recommendations. We will continue 
to develop our customer propositions with a 
focus on ease of use, service and price.

Growth
We will grow both customer numbers and 
AUA, and the key focus will be on organic 
growth. We will grow in a sustainable and  
cost-effective manner.

Finance and assurance
We will preserve our financial security, 
regulatory and reputational standing.  
We will treat all stakeholders fairly.

Our technology
We will deliver scalable technology solutions 
that are easy to use for both customers and 
colleagues, appropriate to their needs and 
adaptable for future change. The security of 
our technology is of paramount importance.

Our people
We will develop and support our talent to 
help them achieve their potential. We will 
strive to ensure our staff are actively engaged. 
Our strong employer brand and culture will 
enable us to attract and retain quality staff.

Our guiding principles
Our company is built on a set of guiding principles that define the way we do business.  
These principles inform everything we do, creating a culture in which we strive to think  
like our customers, make investing easier and lead our markets.

Intelligent
We know our stuff

Principled
We do the right thing

Personal
We are human, 
not robots

Focused
We give customers 
what they need, not 
what they don’t

Energetic
We never stand still

Straightforward
We make investing 
easy and accessible

05

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chairman’s statement

The business has a track record of delivering 
growth and has developed a clear strategy 
to ensure that this continues.

Overview
It gives me great pleasure to introduce our first Annual Report as a publicly 
listed company. This represents a new chapter in our history and I am 
pleased to report a strong set of results in our first year after listing on the 
Main Market of the London Stock Exchange.

During the past 12 months we have delivered a record profit before tax 
(PBT) of £37.7m, and broken through the £50bn milestone with assets 
under administration (AUA) ending the year at £52.3bn. These results, 
coupled with the listing, provide a sound basis for future success and on 
behalf of the Board I would like to thank everyone involved for their hard 
work and diligence during what has been a very busy year.

Whilst the successful completion of our IPO was a significant landmark, 
our purpose, guiding principles and strategy remain the same and 
continue to define and shape our culture.

Put simply, we help people to invest and our aim is to become the easiest 
platform to use. We invest in our propositions, our operating model and 
our people, focusing on innovative technology to ensure we meet the 
needs of advisers and customers in the constantly evolving investment 
platform market. This approach ensures that our customers remain at the 
heart of everything we do.

06

Les PlattsChairmanDividend
The Board continues to adopt a progressive dividend policy, which is 
balanced with holding sufficient funds for future investment and our 
regulatory capital requirements. The Board has proposed a final ordinary 
dividend of 3.33p per share which takes the total ordinary dividend for the 
year to 4.83p per share, representing an increase (excluding the special 
dividend in the previous year) of 31% on the previous year. The final 
ordinary dividend will be paid, subject to shareholder approval at our 
Annual General Meeting (AGM) on 22 January 2020, to shareholders on 
the register at the close of business on 10 January 2020.

Outlook
The prospects for the UK investment platform market remain positive. 
We believe that our strong propositions, in both the D2C and advised 
markets, supported by a robust, scalable and efficient operating model 
will enable us to flourish in this expanding market, and continue to grow 
our customer numbers, AUA and our profits.

At the time of writing there is ongoing uncertainty surrounding the timing 
and nature of the UK’s anticipated departure from the European Union and 
the outcome of the UK General Election. While we expect further market 
volatility, the Board believes that the business is well positioned to manage 
the challenges and grasp any opportunities presented.

AJ Bell is a financially strong business evidenced by a well-capitalised, 
profitable and highly cash-generative business model. The business has 
a track record of delivering growth and has developed a clear strategy to 
ensure that this continues. The Board is confident about the long-term 
prospects of the business.

Les Platts
Chairman

4 December 2019

Governance
At listing, we became subject to the corporate governance requirements 
of the UK Listing Authority’s Listing Rules and the UK Corporate 
Governance Code 2016 (the ‘2016 Code’). The business has always 
operated with a strong governance framework and we were well 
positioned to ensure compliance with the additional 2016 Code 
requirements by the year end as discussed in the Corporate Governance 
section. The Board is committed to maintaining high standards of 
corporate governance across the business.

The diverse skills, experience and background of our Board support the 
strategic direction of the Group. The appointments of Eamonn Flanagan 
and Laura Carstensen as independent Non-Executive Directors in March 
2018 were made to support the management team, and to ensure a 
smooth transition to a premium listed public company. Laura was also 
appointed as Senior Independent Director.

There have been no changes to the composition of the Board in the 
current financial year.

The Board continues to provide strong support and appropriate challenge 
to the Executive Management Board (EMB) to ensure the strategy is 
sound, achievable and ultimately delivered. In keeping with our strategic 
objectives, one area of focus following the listing was the recruitment of 
a Chief Technology Officer to further enhance EMB and to support the 
delivery of our technology objectives. We were therefore delighted to 
welcome Mo Tagari on 1 November 2019. Mo brings with him a wealth of 
experience in the financial services sector.

During the course of the year, we have taken a number of preparatory 
steps towards compliance with the additional requirements of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code 2018, which became applicable to the 
Group on 1 October 2019. Full details of the work of the Board and its 
Committees are set out in the Corporate Governance report from page 38.

Our culture and our people
Both the Board and EMB play pivotal roles in shaping and embedding a 
healthy corporate culture within AJ Bell. Our purpose, guiding principles 
and strategy define and shape our culture and determine how we interact 
with our colleagues, our customers and other stakeholders. During the 
course of the year the Board, led by our CEO, reviewed how we articulate, 
communicate and measure the culture of the business. It was pleasing to 
see such positive results from this review with only a few improvements 
proposed to enhance the flow of information between the boardroom 
and the business and better facilitate the measurement and evolution 
of our culture.

Enhancing employee engagement is a key priority for us, so we were 
delighted to launch our ‘Employee Voice Forum’ during the year. 
Consisting of employee representatives from different areas of the 
business, the forum facilitates discussion and bring ideas from our 
employees directly into the Board’s decision-making processes. 
Laura Carstensen has been appointed as our designated Non-Executive 
Director and is responsible for engaging with our employees via the forum.

The level of support shown by both our employees and our retail 
customer base through the high take up of shares during our IPO is just 
one example of the excellent stakeholder engagement we have seen 
during the year.

07

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationChief Executive Officer’s review

Our continued growth is underpinned by 
our purpose to help people to invest and 
our strategic aim of being the easiest 
platform to use.

Overview
We have made significant progress in implementing our organic growth 
strategy for the business during the last 12 months, delivering our most 
profitable year ever with a record increase of £9.3m in PBT to £37.7m. 
The growth of the business is driven by our ability to both attract and 
retain customers. We achieve this by providing an easy-to-use online 
investment platform underpinned by a high-quality service and excellent 
value for money.

The key drivers of our business, customer numbers and AUA, grew by 
17% and 13% respectively for the 12 months ended 30 September 2019. 
This growth led to revenue increasing by 17% from £89.7m to £104.9m and 
PBT rising by 33% from £28.4m to £37.7m.

The number of retail customers increased by 34,154 during the year to a 
total of 232,066 (FY18: 197,912). This increase reflects the strong growth in 
our two flagship platform propositions, AJ Bell Investcentre and AJ Bell 
Youinvest, with customer numbers for each growing by 11% and 27% 
respectively and our platform customer retention rate remaining high at 
95.4% (FY18: 95.1%).

During the year AUA increased by £6.2bn to £52.3bn (FY18: £46.1bn). 
The principal driver of this growth was the platform business, which 
had underlying net inflows of £3.2bn (FY18: £3.3bn) and Defined Benefit 
pension transfer inflows of £0.9bn, which declined from £1.8bn in the prior 
year. The overall impact from market movements, return on investments 
and other movements was positive at £2.3bn despite the FTSE All Share 
index closing the year 2% lower than 12 months earlier.

The ongoing UK political and macroeconomic uncertainty resulted in 
more cautious investor sentiment during the period, with net fund flows 
in the retail market remaining volatile throughout 2019. Despite this 
unsettled backdrop, we have continued to add and retain customers 
and assets on our platform. This is the result of listening to what our 
customers tell us and providing them with what they want. Put simply, 
a high-quality service at low cost. It is also a clear demonstration of the 
strength and resilience of our business model.

As I reported at our half-year, we recorded our highest score within the 
Sunday Times 100 Best Companies to Work For and were awarded a 
three-star accreditation, representing the highest standard of workplace 
engagement. We are committed to enhancing employee engagement 
and one of the ways we do this is through our vibrant and modern 
office environment.

08

Andy BellChief Executive OfficerWe continue to keep our pricing under review to ensure our platform 
propositions remain highly competitive. From 1 January 2019 we removed 
the £1 dealing charge for AJ Bell Investcentre deals executed through the 
Bulks & Models tool. In addition, we removed the majority of standard 
pension administration charges for Junior SIPPs that use our Funds & 
Shares Service.

We were pleased to have received multiple accolades for our advised 
platform. During the year, AJ Bell Investcentre was named ‘Best 
Overall Advised Platform of the Year’ at the lang cat awards 2018, ‘Best 
Full SIPP Provider 2019’ at the Professional Paraplanner Awards and 
received three Money Marketing Awards. All of the awards consider a 
comprehensive range of criteria and are further evidence that we provide 
advisers and their customers with a consistent, high-quality service at a 
competitive price.

AJ Bell Youinvest platform proposition
We launched a new website for our D2C platform proposition in March this 
year, delivering a modern design and improved mobile responsiveness. 
We have continued to enhance investment content on our website 
including the successful launch of our new podcast, ‘Money & Markets’, 
together with a range of investment-focused seminars and webinars. 
We also launched a fully updated Android application in September 
and further developed our iOS application, continuing to align the 
functionality of both and ensuring that all of our online content can be 
easily accessed via the mobile applications.

During the year, we enhanced our ‘investment ideas’ pages which are 
aimed at less experienced investors who are new to the D2C execution-
only platform market. These pages set out the key features of our three 
investment solutions, AJ Bell passive fund range, Ready-made portfolios 
and Favourite funds, making it easier for our customers to compare 
options and start building their investment portfolio.

We have reduced our foreign exchange charges for international dealing 
and foreign currency funds, and increased our tiered interest rates for 
AJ Bell Youinvest customers during the year. We have also reduced the 
ongoing charges figure (OCF) cap on our AJ Bell passive fund ranges from 
0.5% p.a. to 0.35% p.a., demonstrating our commitment to lowering costs 
and delivering value for our customers.  

AJ Bell Youinvest was recently recognised as a Which? ‘Recommended 
Provider’ for 2019 and commended for its ‘highly functional service’ 
and ‘value for money’ range of investment options by the consumer 
organisation. In 2019 we also retained top spot in Platforum’s UK D2C 
Investor Experience report, which looks at the customer experience of 
investing and how it has evolved, in addition to receiving a further 11 
industry awards. It is also pleasing to see that in our annual customer 
survey we achieved the highest service scores ever in response to the 
question, “How easy is it to use AJ Bell Youinvest?”

Our successful listing on the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange 
in December 2018 was a significant milestone for the business. We believe 
the listing will, over the long term, increase the profile of the business 
and we have started to see how this has improved awareness of our 
brand. A greater awareness and understanding of the AJ Bell business 
will help us to attract new customers organically and fulfil our ambitious 
growth plans.

We were delighted with the level of engagement throughout the IPO 
process from both new and existing investors, including our own 
retail customers and employees. Both our institutional and retail 
offers were heavily over-subscribed. This is a real testament to the 
strength of our business reflecting a shared long-term vision and the 
exciting opportunities that lie ahead. I am pleased to welcome our new 
shareholders to our register and look forward to delivering further success 
for the business.

 “ A greater awareness and understanding of 
the AJ Bell business will help us to attract 
new customers organically and fulfil our 
ambitious growth plans”

Strategic update
Our aim is to become the easiest investment platform to use. During the 
year we continued to invest in technology and innovation to enhance the 
user experience and extend our range of simple, transparent, low-cost 
investment solutions.

AJ Bell Investcentre platform proposition
We have focused on improving the functionality of the mobile applications 
and website for our advised platform proposition. Our advised customers 
now have the ability to deal via our mobile application in their ISA and 
GIA’s following the extension of our execution-only dealing option to 
include these products. In addition, the AJ Bell Investcentre website 
has benefited from a series of enhancements including a new, more 
intuitive layout and improved data-driven functionality. The latest release 
provided enhanced reporting templates and customisation of our new 
adviser-facing customer reporting tool.

We also launched a range of ‘Pactive’ portfolios during the year, the 
latest addition to our Managed Portfolio Service (MPS). The aim of the 
portfolios is to provide a blend of passive and active investment solutions. 
They were created following feedback from advisers seeking to reduce 
customer costs whilst recognising that the choice between active and 
passive strategies need not be a binary one.

Following the pension freedoms reforms, we have seen a growing demand 
from our customers for simple and cost-effective income drawdown 
solutions. We have listened to this feedback and designed two easy-to-
use products to cater for our customers’ needs in this area. Firstly, we 
recently launched the Retirement Portfolio Service, with functionality 
built using our MPS capabilities that is designed to help advisers construct 
a robust investment solution for those in their retirement. Secondly, we 
will be launching a Retirement Investment Account early next year. This is 
a pension offering with one simple ad valorem charge, tapering down 
from 0.25% p.a., with no additional charges for administration, drawdown, 
custody or dealing. Our research tells us that this straightforward, no-
nonsense and transparent approach to charging will prove particularly 
attractive for those with pension portfolios at the sub £200,000 level.

09

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationChief Executive Officer’s review 
continued

Technology
We operate with a hybrid technology solution following a successful 
re-platforming in 2014 which consolidates proprietary and third-party 
systems into a single AJ Bell technology platform. The user interfaces 
are proprietary technology and we invest in them to ensure they are 
adaptable and easy to use. The core back-office systems are outsourced 
to an established software business providing a long-term strategic 
partnership, supplying scalable systems that are continuously updated 
to keep pace with evolving industry and regulatory requirements. 
This technology solution provides a robust and stable platform, which 
is critical to delivering good consumer outcomes and, in turn, to both 
attracting and retaining new customers.

During the year we increased the size of our development teams to 
provide greater capacity for delivering change within the business. 
In addition we have invested in the use of Robotic Process Automation 
(RPA), to automate labour-intensive and routine back-office 
administration functions, allowing our staff to concentrate on more value-
add activities. RPA software aims to reduce the risk of manual error and 
yield additional operational efficiencies.

I am pleased to welcome Mo Tagari to the team as Chief Technology 
Officer. Mo joined us on 1 November and brings significant experience to 
help shape and drive our technology strategy, having operated at a senior 
level in a number of businesses within the financial services sector.

People and culture
At the heart of our business is a clear and succinct purpose; we help 
people to invest. The underlying values of our business are set out in our 
guiding principles and inform everything we do. Our purpose and guiding 
principles, in combination with our strategy, define and shape our culture 
and all these elements are captured in the AJ Bell Way, which can be seen 
on page 5.

The Board and EMB, acting together, seek to embed and continually 
reinforce our culture by both encouraging open, honest communication 
and engagement across the business and by promoting individual 
accountability. Our established governance framework is also used to 
positively influence culture, leading by example and ensuring the tone 
from the top is appropriate.

Culture is measured in a number of ways including direct feedback from 
our customers and their advisers, our staff and other stakeholders. I am 
proud of the culture that we have nurtured over the years, and as we grow, 
it is ever more important that we preserve it.

We believe it is important to give something back to the community 
and for many years have operated a policy of donating 0.5% of the full 
year PBT to charities that help people in need. The Board has recently 
approved a long-term CSR initiative for implementation in FY20, with 
the intention of giving an additional contribution to charity through the 
donation of share options should a number of stretching targets be met 
by the Group. 

An engaged workforce is absolutely vital to our business. Our success is 
built on delivering a high-quality service through the skills and passion 
of our people who bring our values to life across the business. We focus 
on ensuring that employees are inspired, sourcing talented people and 
developing them to realise their potential. We have progressed a number 
of programmes for our staff during the year, including talent management 
and other staff development initiatives which are further discussed within 
‘Our people’ on pages 20 to 21.

 “ Our success is built on delivering a high-
quality service through the skills and passion 
of our people who bring our  
values to life across the business”

Our apprenticeship programmes continue to go from strength to strength. 
We currently employ 31 apprentices in investment operations and 
digital technology. During their contract, our apprentices benefit from a 
dedicated mentor and work towards either a professional or academic 
qualification, as well as completing in-house technical training. It is always 
pleasing to see first-hand the enthusiasm and commitment demonstrated 
by our recruits, as we aim to help the next generation develop their career 
in a supportive learning environment.

Market and regulatory developments
We have seen consolidation in the platform market in recent years, but 
also a number of new entrants, principally in the form of Fintech firms. 
The barriers to entry remain high and new entrants in particular struggle 
to obtain scale and become profitable. Our customers want easy-to-use 
products and, just as importantly, a secure platform that they can trust 
with their assets over the long-term. We invest in technology to ensure we 
provide both the flexibility and security required by our customers, whilst 
remaining profitable with a strong capital base.

How customers use investment platforms will continue to evolve as their 
needs change. In response to positive feedback, we continue to develop 
our Mywealth proposition within AJ Bell Youinvest. This enables our 
D2C customers to see their other assets and liabilities alongside those 
held with AJ Bell, and will shortly be extended to utilise open banking 
interfaces where available. 

We operate in a highly regulated environment that continues to evolve 
with the investment platform market having been a specific area of 
focus for the FCA in recent years. The FCA’s final report on its Investment 
Platforms Market Study, published in March 2019, concluded that the 
platform market is generally working well. A key finding of the report 
was that switching providers is still too difficult and we fully support this 
finding along with the collaborative work that the industry is carrying out 
to address this issue.

We believe that any restriction on platform exit fees should be applied 
consistently across the industry and go wider than platforms to ensure 
there is a level playing field for similar products. The FCA’s consultation 
on the issues raised in its Market Study closed in June 2019 and we look 
forward to the publication of its final policy statement.

The FCA published its final policy statement on retirement outcomes in 
July 2019 which sets out the requirement for providers to offer investment 
pathways for customers entering drawdown without taking advice. 
The policy statement also sets out rules requiring providers to ensure that 
investment in cash and cash-like assets is an active, rather than a passive 
decision and to provide information to further clarify costs and charges 
to the customer. We will continue to engage with the FCA regarding the 
investment pathways as, whilst we understand and support the intention 
behind the rules, we have expressed our concerns that the outcomes 
targeted by the investment pathways take no account of a customer’s 
risk appetite.

10

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Outlook
We have delivered another strong set of results for 2019, strengthened our 
balance sheet and increased our ordinary dividend for a 15th successive 
year in line with the Group’s progressive dividend policy.

Our continued growth is underpinned by our purpose to help people to 
invest and our strategic aim of being the easiest platform to use.

The UK’s anticipated departure from the EU has resulted in continued 
economic and political uncertainty, causing volatility in the market and 
weakened investor sentiment. We consider these conditions will continue 
beyond the UK General Election and until the future relationship with the 
EU is clarified. In uncertain times such as these, customers have a greater 
need for established, trustworthy businesses offering a high-quality 
service, at a low cost to meet their evolving investment needs. We will 
continue to listen to our customers to ensure we deliver the service 
they want, when they want it, at a price recognised as excellent value 
for money.

The UK platform market continues to grow and we are well placed to 
capitalise on the opportunities that lie ahead. We have an increasingly 
recognisable brand, two award-winning platform propositions and a 
robust, efficient operating model on which to deliver our ambitious 
growth plans.

This year, we have successfully listed our business on the Main Market 
of the London Stock Exchange and delivered the most profitable trading 
performance in our history. These significant achievements would not 
have been possible without the outstanding commitment and hard work 
of our staff, who deliver such a consistent, high-quality service to our 
customers, day in day out. I would like to take this opportunity to thank 
them as we approach our 25 year anniversary.

Andy Bell
Chief Executive Officer

4 December 2019

The Senior Managers and Certification Regime (SMCR) aims to improve 
standards in the Financial Services sector by making individuals more 
accountable for their conduct and competence. The initial stage of 
the regulation comes into effect on 9 December 2019 and the Group 
is preparing to ensure compliance with all the regulation required for 
this date.

We believe that increased stability, simplicity and clarity in the UK savings 
and investments industry has long-term benefits for our customers, 
AJ Bell, the wider industry and society. We continue to campaign for 
reforms in a number of areas including ISA simplification, simplifying 
pension tax reliefs and finally giving customers the right to determine who 
receives their pension fund on death. All of our campaigning initiatives 
have simplicity and fairness at their heart and we will continue to lobby 
tirelessly for change where we see unfairness or unnecessary complexity.

Simplification of long-term savings
The UK has six variations of an ISA, which makes it difficult for people 
to know which one best suits their needs. I believe that a radically 
simpler system with a single ISA product would be easier for customers 
to understand, easier for advisers to recommend and ultimately get 
ISAs back to what they originally were; a simple, tax-efficient, long-term 
savings account.

In July I wrote to the Chancellor, Sajid Javid, calling for a review of the ISA 
system in order to simplify it for customers and make it easier for them 
to invest. I outlined our vision for ‘One ISA’ and detailed how the existing 
versions could be consolidated into a single product. I believe this would 
be an extremely positive and popular change that would be welcomed 
by consumers, financial advisers and ISA managers alike and could be 
achieved in a way that is cost neutral to the Government. I look forward to 
meeting with the Treasury to discuss our One ISA proposals in more detail.

Under current UK pension legislation, we have three different annual 
allowances and a lifetime allowance restricting how much people can 
save. I believe there needs to be a single control on how much people 
can save via pensions and that is a single annual allowance for defined 
contribution pension schemes and a lifetime allowance for defined 
benefit schemes. This would dramatically simplify pensions for millions 
of people.

The basis of distributing death benefits from personal pensions, including 
SIPPs, has historically been at the discretion of the scheme administrator 
or trustee. Few pension savers truly appreciate that they have no legal 
right to determine who will receive the proceeds of their pension fund 
when they die. How death benefits are distributed needs to be decoupled 
from the inheritance tax exemption of these benefits so that pension 
savers are in control of who will receive benefits on their death.

Improving access to financial guidance
The advice gap in the UK has never been bigger and guidance solutions 
are the best way for platforms to help non-advised customers invest in a 
responsible manner. Best buy lists and other guidance tools have recently 
come under scrutiny for good reason. We have an absolute conviction that 
these guidance solutions, if constructed with integrity and transparency, 
are a force for good. It would be easy for the FCA to turn against guided 
solutions or put obstacles in the way of retail investors wishing to invest in 
illiquid asset classes, such as commercial property, via open-ended funds, 
but we would urge caution against any knee-jerk regulatory reactions. 
If anything, there is a coherent argument that the FCA should loosen the 
reins a little, allowing guided solutions to be more easily matched with 
a customer’s appetite for risk, without this inadvertently straying into 
personal recommendation and regulated advice.

11

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationMarket overview

The UK savings and investment market is a 
substantial market which has demonstrated 
considerable growth in recent years.

The UK market is dominated by pension schemes, however there are also  
substantial sums saved or invested with a range of financial institutions.  
This includes both investments held on investment platforms and the  
significant sums not yet administered on platforms, for example pensions,  
ISAs, life insurance policies and bonds, individual shares, and deposit  
accounts with banks or building societies.

UK platform market
The platform market, within the UK savings and investment market, 
has grown strongly over recent years, with attractive structural growth 
drivers and a number of barriers to entry. We anticipate that this growth 
will continue in future, representing a significant opportunity for 
the business.

This rate of growth is expected to continue, driven in particular by 
increasing demand for online access to a wide range of investments 
from customers and advisers, as investors move from non-platform to 
platform providers.

As the platform market has developed, there has been some 
consolidation, but also a number of new entrants, primarily in the form 
of Fintech firms. Although Fintech firms have entered the market with 
innovative new technology and digital capabilities, they have found it 
difficult to build sufficient scale to deliver sustainable profits.

Growth in assets under administration

s
n
o

i
l
l
i

b
£

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

Key

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

  Total 

  Adviser 

  D2C

Source: FCA calculations based on firm data

The UK advised platform market
£530 billion
 7.8% year on year 

The UK D2C platform market
£222 billion
 7.4% year on year

Platforum estimated total AUA on investment platforms used 
by advisers, for their customers’ assets, to be £530bn as at 
30 September 2019, up 7.8% year on year1.

The continued growth in the advised platform market has been driven 
by a number of factors including:

•  Increases in the personal wealth of existing advised customers.

•  The impact of pension freedoms increasing the consolidation of 

off-platform defined contribution assets held by advised customers.

The D2C investment platform market was estimated to be worth 
£222bn as at 31 March 2019, up 7.4% year on year1.

Continued growth in the D2C market is anticipated to be driven by:

•  Increases in the personal wealth of existing D2C customers.

•  The impact of pension freedoms and the consolidation of off-
platform defined contribution assets held by D2C customers.

•  The mass affluent advice gap created by the Retail Distribution 

Review (RDR) has resulted in the transition of some previously advised 
customers to D2C customers.

•  40% of adults (21.2 million)2 hold savings but don’t invest. Low rates of 

return on bank cash deposits are fuelling demand for effective solutions 
from customers seeking higher returns for their savings and greater 
protection against the effect of inflation.

1  Platforum, UK Adviser Platforms: Issue 40

2  Platforum, UK Consumer Insights Update, July 2019

1  Platforum, UK D2C: Market Update, July 2019

12

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019 
Regulation
As an investment platform, our principal 
regulator is the FCA. The FCA has three 
operational objectives; to protect consumers, 
ensure market integrity and promote effective 
competition. The investment platform market 
continues to be a specific area of focus for 
the FCA.

In March 2019 the FCA published its final 
report on the Investment Platforms Market 
Study. It concluded that the market is 
generally working well, although switching 
providers and switching between share 
classes of funds may still be difficult due to 
time, complexity and costs involved.

The FCA’s consultation on the issues raised 
in the Market Study closed in June 2019. 
Its final policy statement is expected to set 
out rules making it easier for consumers to 
switch platforms and remain in the same 
fund without having to sell their investments. 
The FCA expects the rules to come into effect 
from 31 July 2020.

In addition, the FCA published its final policy 
statement in relation to its Retirement 
Outcomes Review (ROR) in July 2019, which 
sets out the requirement for providers to offer 
investment pathways for customers entering 
drawdown without taking advice. The rules 
also mandate that providers must ensure that 
investment in cash is an active, rather than 
a passive, decision and provide information 
to clarify the cost to the customer. We are 
making preparations for the introduction of 
investment pathways when the regulation 
comes into effect on 1 August 2020. 

While the substantial cost and significant 
complexity of compliance may act as a 
barrier to potential new entrants, as a 
financially strong, well-capitalised business 
with a robust governance framework, we 
are well equipped to navigate the evolving 
regulatory environment.

Barriers to entry

Opportunities

There are a number of barriers to achieving 
sustained success in the platform market:

•  Scale – significant scale is required in order 

to achieve profitability in an increasingly cost-
conscious market.

•  Technology – significant investment is 

required to create and maintain scalable, 
robust and secure systems.

•  Brand – recognition and trust in a brand are 
critical in both the D2C and advised markets.

•  Regulatory capital and compliance 

requirements – as investment platforms 
have become more mainstream the regulatory 
focus on them has increased. The complexity 
of compliance requires significant investment 
in people, systems and processes.

•  Financial – cost and value for money 

are becoming increasingly important for 
customers and several platform providers 
have found they are unable to reach a 
point where they can compete for business 
effectively and operate profitably.

Our response
AJ Bell was established in 1995 and has 
grown to service 232,066 customers with 
AUA of £52.3bn.

We have a hybrid technology solution, 
which combines proprietary and third-
party systems into a robust, scalable and 
adaptable platform.

We have a strong and trusted brand which 
attracts and maintains a loyal base of high-
quality customers and advisers.

We have a strong risk and compliance team, 
and hold a healthy surplus of capital to meet 
our regulatory requirements. 

We are a highly profitable business, with 
a competitive charging structure, offering 
our customers value for money. This is 
demonstrated by our revenue margin which, 
is 21.9 bps per £ of AUA, representing one of 
the lowest revenue margins in the market. 

Our robust, scalable operating model 
ensures we continue to attract customers 
and assets to our platform by giving 
customers what they want; straightforward 
investment solutions, high-quality service 
and highly competitive pricing. We operate 
in both the advised and D2C space and have 
ambitious organic growth plans to ensure we 
capitalise on these expanding markets.

The growth of both the advised and D2C 
markets is supported by a number of attractive 
structural growth drivers.

•  Demographics – the UK has an ageing 

population which is both living and working 
for longer. Increasing life expectancy has 
led to an increased retirement age, whereby 
people are extending their working lives in 
order to fund their retirement.

•  Government policy – individuals are now 

expected to take more responsibility for their 
own retirement provision, both in terms of 
ensuring sufficient pension savings are made 
and that they are invested appropriately 
to provide for their needs in later life, as 
evidenced by the UK Government’s changes in 
relation to pension freedoms, auto-enrolment 
and tax-efficient savings and investments.

•  Technology – the development of technology 

through various distribution channels 
continues to improve accessibility and drive 
both customer growth and asset flows. 
Mobile technology has already revolutionised 
the way people access and manage their 
savings, and mobile use for investment is 
expected to continue to grow in popularity.

•  Financial – there is a growing awareness of 

the UK savings gap, which is the gap between 
the level of current savings and that necessary 
to provide a reasonable standard of living 
in retirement, and an ongoing move away 
from Defined Benefit to Defined Contribution 
pension schemes.

Our response
The long-term growth drivers of the platform 
market remain strong with customers 
increasingly needing to take control of their 
long-term savings. We help people to invest, 
listening to our customers to understand and 
respond to their evolving needs.

We support our customers, offering a range 
of low-cost investment solutions, which 
cater for the different needs and stages of 
their investment lifecycle.

Our aim is to become the easiest platform to 
use, providing our customers with flexible 
and intuitive ways of managing their finances 
online and through mobile applications.

We believe that simplicity and financial 
education are key to encouraging people to 
save more. This is evident in our campaigning 
around simplification of ISAs and pensions 
and our press activity via our own Shares 
magazine and the external media.

13

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationOur business model

A profitable and scalable platform  
with embedded growth and  
margin expansion opportunities.

What we do

How we do it

Our propositions: 
Award-winning platform 
operating in both the advised 
and D2C markets.

Our success is built on delivering a 
high-quality service through the skills 
and passion of our people.

We deliver to our customers by 
offering propositions that match 
their needs: an easy-to-use platform 
with a high-quality customer service 
at a highly competitive price.

m
r
o
f
t
a

l

P

We operate a hybrid  
technology model whereby 
our platform user interfaces are 
developed in-house, whilst our core 
back-office systems are outsourced 
to industry expert software providers. 
This model provides a number of 
benefits, including the ability to build 
adaptable, easy-to-use interfaces  
and reducing the cost of  
regulatory compliance.

We grow the business in 
a sustainable and cost-
effective manner acquiring 
customers through direct marketing 
and business development activities, 
whilst raising brand awareness 
through a combination of 
sponsorship, PR, social media 
and referrals. 

Our two flagship platform propositions,  
AJ Bell Investcentre, an adviser-led investment 
platform and AJ Bell Youinvest, a D2C 
investment platform, give access to a wide 
range of tax wrappers and investments. 

We are a materially debt free 
business which holds sufficient 
funds to more than meet our 
regulatory capital requirements and 
for supporting ongoing investment 
in the business.

14

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019How we make money

How we deliver value

Our customers and their advisers:
A strong, secure and trusted platform which 
enables them to manage their long-term savings 
with easy-to-use products at a low cost.

Our people: 
Our learning and development framework 
helps staff to fulfil their potential and progress 
their careers.

Our shareholders:
The high customer retention rates and 
diversified revenue model combine to 
yield predictable and sustainable revenue 
streams from the business, which quickly 
convert into cash, supporting our progressive 
dividend policy. 

Our community:
We have a strong social conscience and  
support our local community with a variety  
of charitable initiatives. 

Revenue

Our revenue model includes a mix of 
fixed fees, ad valorem and transactional 
charges which provide a balance of 
inflation protection and resilience 
in the face of economic and capital 
market fluctuations.

A significant portion of our revenues are recurring, in 
the form of charges levied on an annual or other 
recurring basis.

Profits 

We have high levels of online customer 
servicing, straight through processing  
and automation.

This enables us to reduce the marginal cost of adding new 
customers and assets to the platform.

→ Read more Financial review p24

15

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationStrategy in action

The progress made for each of our 
strategic drivers is shown below.

Risks
1  Strategic risks
2  Operational risks
3   Financial risks

Our strategic priorities

Risks

Progress in FY19

Future focus 

Growth
We will grow both customer numbers and AUA, and the key focus 
will be on organic growth. We will grow in a sustainable and 
cost-effective manner.

KPIs
•  AUA

•  Number of retail customers

Our customers
We help people to invest but will not provide personal 
recommendations. We will continue to develop our customer 
propositions, with a focus on ease of use, service and price.

KPIs
•  Customer retention rate

Our technology
We will deliver scalable technology solutions that are easy to use 
for both customers and colleagues, appropriate to their needs and 
adaptable for future change. The security of our technology is of 
paramount importance.

KPIs
•  PBT margin

Finance and assurance
We will preserve our financial security, and our regulatory  
and reputational standing. We will treat all stakeholders fairly.

KPIs
•  Revenue

•  Revenue per £AUA

•  PBT

•  Diluted EPS

Our people
We will develop and support our talent to help them achieve their 
potential. We will strive to ensure our staff are actively engaged. 
Our strong employer brand and culture will enable us to attract 
and retain quality staff.

 1

 2

 3

 1

 2

 1

 2

 3

 1

 2

 3

 1

 2

•  Achieved organic growth in customer numbers (up 17%) and AUA (up 13%).

•  Continued to enhance the profile of the business and increase brand awareness with the 

successful completion of our IPO on the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange; continued 

sponsorship of key sporting events and high-profile media appearances. 

•  Record attendance at our Investival conference.

To grow the platform business by increasing 

brand awareness and implementing a cost-

effective distribution strategy.

•  Enhanced our AJ Bell Investcentre and AJ Bell Youinvest websites with intuitive new designs and 

Improving the customer journey to ensure we 

increased functionality.

•  Made a number of pricing changes in the period, including removing £1 dealing charges for 

AJ Bell Investcentre deals using the Bulks & Models tool and removing the majority of standard 

pension administration charges for Junior SIPPs.

•  Launched a range of four AJ Bell Youinvest Ready-made portfolios in January 2019.

•  Launched ‘Pactive’ portfolios as part of our Managed Portfolio Service in February 2019.

•  Launched two new AJ Bell income funds in April 2019.

•  Launched our Retirement Portfolio Service in September 2019.

are the easiest platform to use considering the 

evolving needs of our customer.

Continue to develop our range of simple 

investment solutions.

•  PBT margin increased from 32% to 36% evidencing the efficiency and scalability of our business.

Continue to develop the investment platform 

•  Launched new iOS mobile application.

our technology strategy.

•  Recruited our Chief Technology Officer. This new role will sit on EMB to enhance the delivery of 

•  Trialled and rolled out robotic process automation for selected manually intensive tasks within 

the business to help deliver operational efficiencies.

•  Implemented new online payment process to improve the customer journey.

to ensure it is scalable, adaptable, resilient 

and secure whilst implementing solutions 

to deliver operational efficiencies in 

the business.

•  Revenue and PBT increased by 17% to £104.9m and by 33% to £37.7m respectively.

•  Maintained a strong regulatory capital surplus throughout the year.

•  Maintained our progressive dividend policy, with a total ordinary dividend for the year of 4.83p 

per share, representing an increase of 31% on the previous year.

Deliver financial growth to facilitate a 

progressive dividend policy whilst managing 

the capital base, ensuring sufficient reserves 

for regulatory requirements and investing in 

the business.

•  Achieved three-star accreditation and strengthened our position in the Sunday Times 100 Best 

Continue to focus on staff engagement and 

Companies to Work For in 2019.

apprenticeship programmes.

making process.

•  Continued to develop our investment operations and digital technology 

•  Launched our Employee Voice Forum to bring employee ideas directly into the Board’s decision-

development, promoting our culture whilst 

enhancing our employer brand.

16

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019 
Our strategic priorities

Risks

Progress in FY19

Future focus 

We will grow both customer numbers and AUA, and the key focus 

will be on organic growth. We will grow in a sustainable and 

Growth

cost-effective manner.

KPIs

•  AUA

•  Number of retail customers

Our customers

We help people to invest but will not provide personal 

recommendations. We will continue to develop our customer 

propositions, with a focus on ease of use, service and price.

KPIs

•  Customer retention rate

Our technology

We will deliver scalable technology solutions that are easy to use 

for both customers and colleagues, appropriate to their needs and 

adaptable for future change. The security of our technology is of 

paramount importance.

KPIs

•  PBT margin

Finance and assurance

We will preserve our financial security, and our regulatory  

and reputational standing. We will treat all stakeholders fairly.

KPIs

•  Revenue

•  Revenue per £AUA

•  PBT

•  Diluted EPS

Our people

We will develop and support our talent to help them achieve their 

potential. We will strive to ensure our staff are actively engaged. 

Our strong employer brand and culture will enable us to attract 

and retain quality staff.

 1

 2

 3

 1

 2

 1

 2

 3

 1

 2

 3

 1

 2

•  Achieved organic growth in customer numbers (up 17%) and AUA (up 13%).

•  Continued to enhance the profile of the business and increase brand awareness with the 

successful completion of our IPO on the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange; continued 
sponsorship of key sporting events and high-profile media appearances. 

•  Record attendance at our Investival conference.

To grow the platform business by increasing 
brand awareness and implementing a cost-
effective distribution strategy.

•  Enhanced our AJ Bell Investcentre and AJ Bell Youinvest websites with intuitive new designs and 

increased functionality.

•  Made a number of pricing changes in the period, including removing £1 dealing charges for 

AJ Bell Investcentre deals using the Bulks & Models tool and removing the majority of standard 
pension administration charges for Junior SIPPs.

•  Launched a range of four AJ Bell Youinvest Ready-made portfolios in January 2019.

•  Launched ‘Pactive’ portfolios as part of our Managed Portfolio Service in February 2019.

•  Launched two new AJ Bell income funds in April 2019.

•  Launched our Retirement Portfolio Service in September 2019.

•  PBT margin increased from 32% to 36% evidencing the efficiency and scalability of our business.

•  Launched new iOS mobile application.

•  Recruited our Chief Technology Officer. This new role will sit on EMB to enhance the delivery of 

our technology strategy.

•  Trialled and rolled out robotic process automation for selected manually intensive tasks within 

the business to help deliver operational efficiencies.

•  Implemented new online payment process to improve the customer journey.

Improving the customer journey to ensure we 
are the easiest platform to use considering the 
evolving needs of our customer.

Continue to develop our range of simple 
investment solutions.

Continue to develop the investment platform 
to ensure it is scalable, adaptable, resilient 
and secure whilst implementing solutions 
to deliver operational efficiencies in 
the business.

•  Revenue and PBT increased by 17% to £104.9m and by 33% to £37.7m respectively.

•  Maintained a strong regulatory capital surplus throughout the year.

•  Maintained our progressive dividend policy, with a total ordinary dividend for the year of 4.83p 

per share, representing an increase of 31% on the previous year.

Deliver financial growth to facilitate a 
progressive dividend policy whilst managing 
the capital base, ensuring sufficient reserves 
for regulatory requirements and investing in 
the business.

•  Achieved three-star accreditation and strengthened our position in the Sunday Times 100 Best 

Companies to Work For in 2019.

•  Continued to develop our investment operations and digital technology 

apprenticeship programmes.

•  Launched our Employee Voice Forum to bring employee ideas directly into the Board’s decision-

making process.

Continue to focus on staff engagement and 
development, promoting our culture whilst 
enhancing our employer brand.

17

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther information 
Key performance indicators

We use selected key performance indicators (KPI)  
to monitor progress against our strategy.

KPI

Result

Why it is important

Assets under 
administration 
(AUA)*

£52.3bn
 13%

Link to strategy

Number of retail 
customers

Link to strategy

Customer  
retention rate 

Link to strategy

Revenue

Link to strategy

232,066
 17%

95.4%
 0.3ppts

£104.9m
 17%

£52.3bn

£46.1bn

AUA is the value of assets for which AJ Bell 
provides either an administration, custodian 
or transactional service.

AUA is a measurement of the growth of 
the business and is the primary driver of 
ad valorem revenue, which is the largest 
component of Group revenue.

2018

2019

232,066

197,912

The number of retail customers is the number 
that have at least one funded account with an 
AJ Bell product at 30 September 2019.

PBT margin

The number of retail customers can be 
used as a measurement to determine the 
success of our propositions, customer service 
and marketing.

The customer retention rate is the average 
number of funded platform customers during 
the financial year that remain funded at 
30 September 2019. 

Customer retention is a measurement of 
customer satisfaction.

Our revenue is the total income generated 
by the Group’s activities, comprising 
recurring ad valorem, recurring fixed and 
transactional revenue.

Revenue provides a measurement of the 
financial growth of the Group.

2018

2019

95.1%

95.4%

2018

2019

£104.9m

£89.7m

2018

2019

*  Our KPIs include alternative performance measures (APM) which are indicated with an asterisk. APMs are 

not defined by International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and should be considered together with 
the Group’s IFRS measurements of performance. We believe APMs assist in providing greater insight into the 
underlying performance of the Group and enhance comparability of information between reporting periods. 
For definitions see page 124.

18

KPI

PBT

Result

£37.7m

 33% 

35.9%

 4.3 ppts

Revenue per £AUA*

21.9bps

 0.9 bps

Diluted EPS

7.47p

 33%

Why it is important

PBT is the profit generated by the Group 

before corporation tax is paid.

PBT is a measurement of the financial 

performance of the Group. Profits can be used 

to strengthen the capital base, invest within 

the business or be returned to investors.

PBT margin is calculated as PBT divided by 

total revenue.

PBT margin is a measurement of the efficiency 

of the Group’s business model in converting 

revenue into profits.

Revenue per £AUA is the total revenue 

generated during the year expressed as a 

percentage of the average AUA in the year.

Revenue per £AUA provides a simple 

measurement to facilitate comparison of our 

charges with our competitors.

Diluted EPS represents profit after tax divided 

by the weighted average number of shares 

and unexercised options in issue during 

the period.

EPS provides a measurement of profit 

per share to determine the value created 

for shareholders.

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019KPI

Result

Why it is important

Assets under 

administration 

(AUA)*

£52.3bn

 13%

Number of retail 

customers

232,066

 17%

Customer  

retention rate 

95.4%

 0.3ppts

Revenue

£104.9m

 17%

AUA is the value of assets for which AJ Bell 

provides either an administration, custodian 

or transactional service.

AUA is a measurement of the growth of 

the business and is the primary driver of 

ad valorem revenue, which is the largest 

component of Group revenue.

The number of retail customers is the number 

that have at least one funded account with an 

AJ Bell product at 30 September 2019.

The number of retail customers can be 

used as a measurement to determine the 

success of our propositions, customer service 

and marketing.

The customer retention rate is the average 

number of funded platform customers during 

the financial year that remain funded at 

30 September 2019. 

Customer retention is a measurement of 

customer satisfaction.

Our revenue is the total income generated 

by the Group’s activities, comprising 

recurring ad valorem, recurring fixed and 

transactional revenue.

Revenue provides a measurement of the 

financial growth of the Group.

KPI

PBT

Link to strategy

PBT margin

Link to strategy

Result

£37.7m
 33% 

Why it is important

£37.7m

PBT is the profit generated by the Group 
before corporation tax is paid.

£28.4m

PBT is a measurement of the financial 
performance of the Group. Profits can be used 
to strengthen the capital base, invest within 
the business or be returned to investors.

2018

2019

35.9%
 4.3 ppts

35.9%

PBT margin is calculated as PBT divided by 
total revenue.

31.6%

PBT margin is a measurement of the efficiency 
of the Group’s business model in converting 
revenue into profits.

Revenue per £AUA*

21.9bps
 0.9 bps

Link to strategy

Diluted EPS

Link to strategy

7.47p
 33%

2018

2019

21.9bps

Revenue per £AUA is the total revenue 
generated during the year expressed as a 
percentage of the average AUA in the year.

21.0bps

Revenue per £AUA provides a simple 
measurement to facilitate comparison of our 
charges with our competitors.

2018

2019

7.47p

5.63p

2018

2019

Diluted EPS represents profit after tax divided 
by the weighted average number of shares 
and unexercised options in issue during 
the period.

EPS provides a measurement of profit 
per share to determine the value created 
for shareholders.

19

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationOur people

Our success is built on delivering a high-quality 
service through the skills and passion of our people 
who bring our values to life across the business. 

Our guiding principles drive our behaviour and ensure that staff are fully 
engaged with our strategy and goals.

Our people strategy focuses on talent management and 
employee engagement.

Talent management 
We are committed to helping our people develop, excel and achieve their 
own version of extraordinary. As we continue to grow, new promotion 
opportunities are created. Our talent management strategy ensures we 
nurture our staff and give them the appropriate training, development 
and support to ensure they can progress with the business. 

Talent programmes
We focus on ensuring that employees are inspired, sourcing talented people 
and developing them to realise their potential. We are immensely proud of 
the talented people who work for us and remain committed to developing 
and supporting them as they progress their careers with AJ Bell.

In supporting the growth and progression of our staff in their career 
we have a number of development programmes in place. Our Stepping 
Up programme is designed to support the development of staff who 
are keen to progress in the business and put themselves forward for 
future opportunities.

Our Talent Development programme has two streams; one for Team Leaders 
and one for Managers. Through this programme we are dedicated to developing 
our staff who have been identified as our rising stars and future leaders.

In addition to our Talent programmes, our Learning and Development 
team provide training and support to help all our people invest in their 
personal growth, career and future with AJ Bell.

Apprenticeship programmes
We continue to support our apprenticeship programmes and now have 
approximately 6% of our employees currently in, or having just completed a 
programme. Our various schemes have been a great success to date and we 
were delighted to welcome a further cohort of apprentices in September 2019.

This year we recruited a record number of apprentices in the business, 
whilst also expanding the framework further with the launch of our Digital 
and Technology Solutions degree apprenticeship programme. This involves 
a four year apprenticeship combining working in our IT department with 
studying for a BSc at Manchester Metropolitan University.

Our Investment Operations Specialist apprenticeship programme is now 
in its third year and continues to receive positive feedback from both 
apprentices and the business. Our apprentices rotate through different 
customer services teams to gain a broad understanding of the business 
over a two year programme becoming skilled and valuable members of 
the teams in which they have worked. 

Our first cohort of apprentices graduated in the summer, all of which now 
have permanent roles in the business.

20

Employee engagement
It is fundamental that our people understand our guiding principles and 
are engaged in the development and growth of our business. We know 
that our staff want opportunities to learn, gain new skills and to progress 
their careers. Our staff are provided with ongoing technical training 
and support, to ensure they have the appropriate knowledge and skills 
to perform their roles effectively. We also provide training to keep staff 
informed of significant changes in regulation, legislation and updates 
within the business. The AJ Bell intranet continues to be a valuable way 
to communicate with our staff, via daily business updates, staff feedback 
surveys and social news.

Our staff engagement framework focuses on the eight measures used 
within the Best Companies survey; the largest survey of its kind in the UK. 
This year we were delighted to strengthen our position as a three-star 
company in The Sunday Times 100 Best Companies to Work For list with 
our highest ever engagement score.

To improve on last year’s performance and cement our place as one of 
the UK’s top places to work is a great achievement and testament to our 
ongoing commitment to invest in our staff and their place of work, in order 
to create the best environment to learn, develop and succeed.

As we continue to grow our business we are keen to ensure that the benefits 
we offer our staff reflect our scale and ambition. This year we announced 
a number of enhancements to our benefits, the most significant being 
the launch of our Buy as You Earn (BAYE) scheme. The scheme affords our 
staff the opportunity to build a stake in our business and share in its future 
success. The scheme was launched as part of our listing on the London 
Stock Exchange and provided employees with an opportunity to buy 

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019shares at the listing price for the first year of the scheme. Over 400 members 
of staff took up the offer and made contributions to the scheme during 
the year. Furthermore, our free share award of up to £750 to employees 
on completion of the listing also enabled us to recognise the valuable 
contribution made by all our staff in helping to make the business a success.

Wellbeing
We are always keen to invest in the health and wellbeing of our staff, providing 
a wide range of benefits that we continually review and update together with 
an increasing number of activities and support aids to ensure we provide 
something for everyone.

Total number of employees 2019

853

(2018: 790)
All staff – split by gender1

We offer a full programme of activities and events for our staff ranging from 
the annual Christmas and summer parties and monthly pay day drinks to paid 
time off for volunteer work. 

Male
58% 
(499)

Female
42%
(354)

We continue to encourage the use of our free on-site gym at EQ4 which offers 
classes and facilities based on responses to employee feedback. Further gym 
classes have been added this year, including Yoga classes, to compliment the 
schedule of activities already provided by our in-house trainers. For those who 
are not based at our head office we provide free membership of the local gym. 

Singing and making music as part of a group are proven to be great for 
emotional and social wellbeing. We were therefore delighted this year to form 
the AJ Bell workplace choir and enter the Hallé Corporate Choir Competition. 

Mental health can be an issue in many workplaces and we are committed to 
changing attitudes towards poor mental health. This year we have focused 
on mindfulness and extended our mental health training across the business, 
increasing the number of qualified first-aiders. We also promote the use of our 
Employee Assistance Programme for those who wish to access it.

Diversity and inclusion
At AJ Bell, we value diversity and believe in building a culture that attracts, values 
and retains people from all backgrounds, regardless of age, caring responsibilities, 
disability, ethnicity, gender, religion or sexual orientation. We strive to promote an 
inclusive workforce where our people feel valued, respected as individuals, and 
empowered to flourish in their chosen career path.

Our commitment to diversity and inclusiveness is a continuous process, 
which is embedded by our existing human resource policies, including the 
Equality and Diversity Policy contained within our Employee Handbook. 
This year we will be focusing on our approach to gender diversity and will 
be rolling out a wide range of initiatives to ensure our working practices 
continue to support a culture in which the benefits of diversity are valued. 
Our initiatives include unconscious bias training, bespoke recruitment 
campaigns and encouraging female role models in the business.

In keeping with our guiding principles, we will continue to evaluate and 
enhance where appropriate the effectiveness of our recruitment and 
selection practices. This is intended to ensure that no one is disadvantaged 
by how we attract, select and develop our people.

Gender pay gap reporting
We published our second gender pay gap report earlier in the year which 
reflects the gender profile of our workforce and the higher number of men in 
senior roles than women. 

We are confident that men and women are paid equally for doing equivalent 
jobs across the business, and that our gender pay gap is driven primarily by 
the structure of our workforce at senior executive level, the composition of 
which has been stable for several years.

Further discussion is covered within the Directors’ Remuneration report on 
page 57 and full details of our gender pay gap report can be found on our 
website at www.ajbell.co.uk. 

Anti-bribery and corruption
We are committed to maintaining high legal, ethical and moral standards. 
This is evidenced by our guiding principles which define our business and 
inform everything we do. We conduct all our business in an honest and ethical 

Senior management – split by gender2

Male
89%
(16)

Board of Directors – split by gender

Male
83%
(5)

Female
11%
(2)

Female
17%
(1)

1  Additional employee data is provided within note 7 which shows the average 

position during the year.

2  Other senior management is defined as an employee who has responsibility 

for planning, direction or controlling the activities of the Group, or 
strategically significant part of the Group, other than the Board of Directors.

manner and we have zero-tolerance of bribery and other corrupt activities. 
We are committed to acting professionally, fairly and with integrity in all 
business dealings and relationships.

AJ Bell maintain a number of policies and procedures to help guard against 
bribery and corruption. This includes an anti-bribery and corruption policy 
and policies and procedures on whistle-blowing, fraud and anti-money 
laundering, market abuse and gifts and hospitality. 

All policy and guidance statements are available on our intranet and are 
updated periodically. Staff are also required to undertake mandatory training to 
raise staff awareness and ensure they fully understand what is required of them.

Human rights and modern slavery
AJ Bell has an important role to play in supporting human rights and we have 
policies and governance processes in place to mitigate risks. 

We have a zero-tolerance approach to slavery and human trafficking of any kind 
and we are committed to acting ethically and with integrity in all our business 
dealings and relationships. We implement and enforce effective systems and 
controls to ensure modern slavery is not taking place. This approach applies 
to our own business, all persons working for us or on our behalf in any capacity 
and to all of our supply chains. In accordance with the Modern Slavery Act 2015 
we publish our Modern Slavery statement on our website and this sets out the 
steps that we have taken and our ongoing commitment to this important topic.

As part of our zero-tolerance approach and to increase awareness of modern 
slavery and human trafficking, our risk and compliance, HR and procurement 
staff are required to complete mandatory training. All other members of staff 
have the opportunity to enrol on the training voluntarily.

21

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationCorporate social responsibility

Our core purpose is to help our customers invest in 
their future, and investing in our future is at the heart 
of our Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) policy.

Overseen by our CSR Steering Group, our CSR policy is founded on two key pillars:

Investing in our community
At AJ Bell we have a strong social conscience and encourage our staff to 
give something back through charitable and voluntary activities.

During the year 108 staff volunteered for 492 hours at Cash for Kids, 
Wood Street Mission and The Booth Centre among others. In addition to 
volunteering days, our staff also raised over £26k from events in the year, 
supporting a variety of charities.

We support our staff to invest in the local community by providing a 
wide range of volunteering and charitable fund raising opportunities. 
Whether taking part in a sponsored walk, collecting donations for a local 
food bank, or volunteering at a local school, we are proud of the efforts 
our staff make, to give something back to their local communities. 

In addition to a full calendar of internal events, we support colleagues 
through paid time off for volunteering and through our matched 
fundraising programme, ensuring that good causes close to their hearts 
receive extra support.

We were particularly proud to be part of the Manchester Pride Parade in 
August which aligned with our focus on diversity and inclusion this year. 
AJ Bell teamed up with Manchester homeless charity; The Booth Centre 
and national LGBT+ charity AKT and raised £2,605 from this and other 
associated fundraising. This amount was matched by £2,500 from the 
AJ Bell Trust, with both charities benefiting equally. 

The Group also donates a percentage of its profits on an annual basis to 
the AJ Bell Trust, a registered charity of which Andy Bell is a trustee.

492

hours spent volunteering

>£26,000

raised from events

22

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019The aim of the Trust is to help disadvantaged people to advance in life, 
with a particular focus on young people. It makes donations to a range 
of national and local causes and also funds its own charitable initiatives. 
Recent projects include the launch of Snow-Camp North West based in 
Manchester, which enables disadvantaged youngsters to gain life skills 
training, and the Sandy Park Café in Liverpool which provides work 
experience opportunities to children with special needs. 

This year the Trust also made a donation to OnSide, a charity that 
provides the infra-structure and financial support to help build ‘Youth 
Zones’ across the UK.

We pride ourselves in our commitment to support and give something 
back to our community. We are therefore delighted to be able to 
announce the recent approval, by the Board, of a long-term CSR initiative 
for implementation in FY20, with the intention of giving an additional 
contribution to charity should a number of stretching targets be met 
by the Group. The scheme is designed to facilitate a donation of share 
options at market value to the AJ Bell Trust, which will be exercisable if a 
number of stretching performance conditions are met. 

Investing in our environment
At AJ Bell we recognise our responsibility to conserve and protect our 
environment as far as possible across the business.

Environmental initiatives
As a financial services business, our main environmental impacts are 
primarily through the consumption of resources and emissions at our 
business premises together with employee travel. We look to reduce 
waste where possible and minimise the environmental impact of 
our business and activities as far as we can through sensible policies 
and initiatives.

We moved to a more modern, energy efficient head office at Exchange 
Quay, Manchester (EQ4) in 2017 and the recent refurbishment in our 
London office has also taken our carbon footprint into consideration. 
We have installed more energy efficient equipment, such as motion 
sensor lighting, new boilers and chillers and we have enhanced our video 
conferencing facilities to reduce employee travel between offices. 

Throughout the business we recycle 100% of our confidential waste. 
In addition, we send 100% of our general waste from EQ4 to be recycled, 
none of which goes to landfill. This is sorted off-site at a waste recovery 
facility, by a waste management company who report on their recycling 
activity on our behalf. We continue to review the use of paper in our 
offices with a number of initiatives in the pipeline looking to drive down 
our usage in this area. 

Greenhouse gas emissions 
As a newly listed business, this is the first year that we have been required 
to calculate and report on our greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. The table 
below therefore summarises our GHG emissions for the year ended 
30 September 2019:

Operational scope

Greenhouse gas  
emissions source

Tonnes of CO2e
2019

Scope 1: 
Direct emissions

Combustion of fuel and 
operations

Scope 2:
Indirect emissions Purchased electricity for own use

Total

Intensity measure: Emissions per full time 
employee equivalent (FTE)

185.5

196.6

382.1

0.45

Our GHG emissions inventory is calculated for the Group under the 
financial control approach and in accordance with Part 1 of BS ISO 
14064: 2006 using the 2019 conversion factors developed by DEFRA 
and BEIS. The inventory is independently calculated by Carbon 
Footprint Limited.

Under the GHG guidelines, scope 1 and 2 emissions are key mandatory 
areas to report, illustrating the environmental impact of the Group for 
activities where we have direct control; i.e. operation of our business 
premises. We have also chosen to report emissions per FTE as our 
intensity measure as we believe this is the best indicator for the Group. 

Non-financial information statement
The Group includes information on certain environmental, social and 
governance matters in its strategic report in accordance with sections 
414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006.

The following tables summarise the key areas of disclosure.

Reporting requirement

Environmental matters

Employees

Social

Human rights

Anti-corruption and anti-bribery

We continue to encourage our employees to use more sustainable forms 
of transport. During the year we have enhanced our season ticket loan 
scheme to promote the use of public transport and help with the cost 
for our staff. We have also introduced a new bike loan scheme and we 
continue to encourage car sharing to reduce emissions. 

Additional information

Business model

Principal risks and how they are managed

Non-financial key performance indicators

Page

23

20 to 21

22 to 23

21

21

Page

14 to 15

27 to 34

18 to 19

23

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationFinancial review

The Group has continued to deliver significant 
growth in the year, with revenue up 17% from 
£89.7m to £104.9m and a record increase in PBT 
to £37.7m (FY18: £28.4m).

The Group has continued to deliver significant growth in the year. 
Revenue increased by 17% from £89.7m to £104.9m and we achieved a 
record increase in PBT, which increased by £9.3m to £37.7m, representing 
a 33% year-on-year growth rate. This excellent result was primarily due to 
the continued success of our platform propositions. The two key drivers of 
our performance, customers and AUA, grew by 17% and 13% respectively 
in the 12-month period, with AUA breaking the £50bn milestone, at 
£52.3bn as at 30 September 2019 (FY18: £46.1bn).

Business performance
Customers
Customer numbers increased by 34,154 during the year to a total of 
232,066 (FY18: 197,912). This growth has been driven by our platform 
propositions which saw a 19% increase in customer numbers to 218,169 
as at 30 September 2019. In addition, our platform customer retention 
rate remained high at 95.4% (FY18: 95.1%).

Platform

Non-platform

Total

Year ended 
30 September 
2019

Year ended 
30 September 
2018

218,169

13,897

232,066

183,213

14,699

197,912

In spite of unsettled markets, we have continued to add and retain AUA on 
our platform, with total AUA increasing 13% to £52.3bn at 30 September 
2019, demonstrating the resilience and robustness of our business model. 
The growth in the year was primarily driven by our platform propositions, 
which saw total underlying inflows increase from £5.2bn to £5.4bn with 
both our advised and D2C platforms registering an increase. 

Advised platform inflows from defined benefit transfers declined, 
contributing £0.9bn to inflows during the year compared with £1.8bn 
in the prior year.

D2C platform inflows included £0.2bn that related to AJ Bell plc shares 
held by current and former employees of the Company. These shares were 
migrated onto the D2C platform in October 2018, ahead of our listing on 
the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange in December 2018.

24

Michael SummersgillChief Financial OfficerAdvised 
Platform 
£bn

D2C 
Platform 
£bn

Total 
Platform 
£bn

Non-platform 
£bn

29.9

3.4

(1.6)

1.8

0.9

–

2.7

1.2

33.8

8.7

2.0

(0.6)

1.4

–

0.2

1.6

0.8

11.1

38.6

5.4

(2.2)

3.2

0.9

0.2

4.3

2.0

44.9

7.5

0.1

(0.5)

(0.4)

–

–

(0.4)

0.3

7.4

Advised 
Platform 
£bn

D2C 
Platform 
£bn

Total 
Platform 
£bn

Non-platform 
£bn

24.3

3.3

(1.4)

1.9

1.8

0.5

4.2

1.4

29.9

6.6

1.9

(0.5)

1.4

–

0.3

1.7

0.4

8.7

30.9

5.2

(1.9)

3.3

1.8

0.8

5.9

1.8

38.6

8.9

0.2

(0.5)

(0.3)

–

(1.2)

(1.5)

0.1

7.5

Total 
£bn

46.1

5.5

(2.7)

2.8

0.9

0.2

3.9

2.3

52.3

Total 
£bn

39.8

5.4

(2.4)

3.0

1.8

(0.4)

4.4

1.9

46.1

Assets under administration
Year ended 30 September 2019

As at 1 October 2018

Underlying inflows

Outflows

Underlying net inflows/(outflows)

Defined benefit inflows

Bulk migration inflows

Total net inflows/(outflows)

Market and other movements

As at 30 September 2019

Year ended 30 September 2018

As at 1 October 2017

Underlying inflows

Outflows

Underlying net inflows/(outflows)

Defined benefit inflows

Bulk migration inflows/(outflows)

Total net inflows/(outflows)

Market and other movements

As at 30 September 2018

Financial performance
Revenue

Recurring fixed

Recurring ad valorem

Transactional

Total

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£000

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£000

25,395

63,095

16,412

104,902

25,212

47,890

16,589

89,691

Revenue increased by 17% to £104.9m (FY18: £89.7m), with the proportion 
of recurring revenue increasing from 82% to 84%. We have three 
categories of revenue, these being recurring fixed fees, recurring ad 
valorem fees, and transactional fees.

Recurring fixed revenue (which includes recurring pension administration 
fees and media revenue) saw an increase of 1% to £25.4m (FY18: £25.2m). 
This modest increase was a result of the increased revenues from our 
advised platform customers being offset by a reduction in pension 
administration from our non-platform business. The reduction in 
non-platform revenue was due to our decision to discontinue two of our 
third-party administration contracts during the prior financial year.

Recurring ad valorem revenue (comprising custody fees, retained interest 
income, and investment management fees) grew by 32% to £63.1m 
(FY18: £47.9m). The key drivers of the growth in ad valorem revenue were 
the growth in AUA and higher interest rates. Retained interest income has 
continued to benefit from the increases in the UK base rate during the 
previous financial year, from 0.25% to 0.50% in November 2017 and from 
0.50% to 0.75% in August 2018.

Transactional revenue (comprising dealing fees and pension scheme 
activity fees) fell by 1% to £16.4m (FY18: £16.6m). This was partially 
due to a fall in dealing activity per customer during the year with many 
adopting a cautious approach to investing as the ongoing UK political and 
macroeconomic uncertainty continued. In addition, prior year fees also 
included £0.5m of one-off revenue, relating to the termination of one of 
our third-party SIPP administration contracts in the prior year.

Revenue margin increased by 0.9bps from 21.0bps to 21.9bps in the  
year, a modest increase of 4%. This was caused by a combination of the 
faster growth of our higher margin D2C platform proposition and the 
increase in retained interest income discussed above. 

25

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationFinancial position
Capital and liquidity
The Group’s balance sheet remains strong, with net assets totalling 
£86.1m (FY18: £64.0m) at 30 September 2019 and a return on assets 
of 35% (FY18: 35%). A healthy surplus over our regulatory capital 
requirement was held at all times during the year. Cash balances 
increased by 39% from £49.7m to £69.1m. Our short working capital 
cycle means that PBT is quickly converted into cash and our significant 
cash surplus ensures we have sufficient liquidity buffers to support our 
growing operation.

Dividends
The Board has proposed a final dividend of 3.33p per share (FY18: 2.24p 
per share), equating to a dividend payout ratio of 65% of statutory profit 
after tax. The Board remains committed to a progressive dividend policy, 
whilst also ensuring we have sufficient capital for future investment in 
the business and to maintain an appropriate surplus over and above our 
regulatory capital requirements.

Michael Summersgill
Chief Financial Officer

4 December 2019

Financial review 
continued

Administrative expenses

Distribution

Technology

Operational and support

IPO

Total

Year ended 
30 September 
2019 
£000

Year ended 
30 September 
2018 
£000

9,228

17,789

39,528

948

67,493

7,711

15,208

36,747

1,769

61,435

Administrative expenses increased by 10% to £67.5m (FY18: £61.4m). 
We have three categories of administrative expenses, distribution, 
technology, and operational and support.

Distribution costs increased by 19% from £7.7m to £9.2m due to an 
increase in our marketing activity, which was a key driver of our growth in 
both customer numbers and AUA in the year.

Technology costs increased by 17% to £17.8m (FY18: £15.2m). 
This increase reflects the investment we have made in our IT department 
with staff numbers increasing from 116 in the prior year to 137 at the end 
of September 2019. This investment will allow us to implement changes 
at a faster rate, enhancing our platform propositions and delivering 
operational efficiencies.

Operational and support costs increased by 8% to £39.5m (FY18: £36.7m). 
There was an underlying increase in our operational and support cost 
base year on year to support the growth of the business. However, this 
increase was far lower than the increase in the rate of growth in customers 
served and AUA administered, which was a result of the operational 
gearing that is inherent in our business model. 

The majority of cost increase was caused by increased headcount. 
Other significant increases include the uplift in the Financial Services 
Compensation Scheme (FSCS) levy, and an increase in property costs 
which was caused by the expansion into additional space in our London 
and Exchange Quay offices.

Prior year costs included one-off costs for the relocation of the 
stockbroking operation from Tunbridge Wells to our Manchester office.

Costs relating to our IPO, which was successfully completed in December 
2018, amounted to £0.9m in the year, increasing the overall costs of the 
project to £2.7m in line with expectations.

Profit before tax (PBT)
PBT rose to £37.7m (FY18: £28.4m), an increase of 33% compared with 
the prior year and our PBT margin increased to 36% (FY18: 32%). This was 
due to the continued growth in the business, higher revenue margins and 
operational gearing.

Tax
The effective rate of tax for the year was 19.5% (FY18: 20.1%), slightly 
higher than the standard rate of UK Corporation Tax of 19.0%, reflecting 
the IPO-related costs that are partially disallowable.

Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share increased by 30% to 7.51p. Diluted earnings  
per share (DEPS) increased by 33% to 7.47p.

26

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Risk management

The Group has generally adopted an overall 
conservative approach to achieving controlled 
growth in fast-growing markets.

Risk management framework (RMF)
The Board is ultimately responsible for the Group’s RMF, but has delegated certain  
responsibilities to the Risk and Compliance Committee (R&CC), a sub-committee  
of the Board.

The Group operates the following risk management structure which incorporates  
a three lines of defence approach to controlling risks within the Group:

Third line of defence:
Independent assurance 
protections

Second line of defence:
In-house assurance functions

First line of defence:
Policies and procedures, Quality 
Audit (QA) function

Audit Committee of AJ Bell plc

Internal audit

Risk and Compliance Committee of AJ Bell plc

Executive Management Assurance Committee

Risk Management 
Committee

Risk and Compliance 
Function

AJ Bell plc 
Management policies, procedures and limits

QA, risk register, risk identification, 
risk event reporting, team meetings, monthly risk forums

  Principal components of AJ Bell combined assurance framework

27

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther information 
Risk management
continued

Risk appetite framework
Risk appetite is integrated into the business via the Group’s business 
planning, capital planning and the RMF. These enable the Board to set 
the overarching parameters for the Group’s risk appetite and to monitor 
their performance. 

Risk appetite categories and risk appetite statements
The Group’s RMF is based on a defined set of risk appetite categories. 
These are the high-level enterprise-wide risk categories the 
Group manages. Each risk appetite category has a defined risk 
appetite statement. 

Risk appetite category

Rationale

Risk appetite statement

Strategic, business or 
market risk

Largely external 
risks that can 
impact the Group.

Largely internal 
risks undertaken 
as part of the 
fulfilment of Group 
strategy. 

The Group is willing to 
accept some risk in the 
pursuit of its strategic goals 
within agreed tolerances.

The Group is willing to 
accept such operational 
risks in the pursuit of its 
strategic goals within 
agreed tolerances but 
has no appetite for unfair 
customer outcomes or 
material breaches of 
regulations arising from 
systemic failures.

Operational risk 
including:
a)  Technology
b) People
c)  Process
d) Change
e)  Information Security
f)  Business Continuity/  
Disaster Recovery

g) Financial Crime
h) Conduct risk
i)  Legal/Regulatory/

Litigation

Credit

Liquidity

Financial

Specific and limited 
credit risks strictly 
within the context 
of the Group 
strategy.

Specific and 
limited liquidity 
risks strictly within 
the context of the 
Group strategy.

Prudential risk 
taking capacity of 
the Group.

The Group has a strictly 
limited appetite to take 
credit risk in the pursuit of 
revenue or profit.

The Group is willing to 
accept liquidity risk in the 
pursuit of its strategic goals 
within agreed tolerances. 

The Group’s appetite is 
to maintain its capital 
resources in excess of the 
Group’s ICAAP capital 
resource requirement. 

The objective of the Group’s risk appetite framework is to ensure that the 
Board, EMB and senior management are properly engaged in agreeing 
and monitoring the Group’s appetite for risk and setting acceptable 
boundaries for business activities and behaviours. The Group’s high-
level risk appetite statement provides a means of expressing senior 
management’s attitude to risk (a top-down process) which can then be 
communicated throughout the Group as part of promoting a risk-aware 
culture (a bottom-up process). This in turn forms the basis of a framework 
for risk decision-making and for the allocation of risk management 
resources, tolerances and capital where applicable.

The Group defines risk appetite as representing the amount and type 
of risk it is prepared to seek, accept or tolerate at any point in time in 
the context of its business model and in the course of achieving its 
strategic objectives.

The Group has defined a number of key statements (risk appetite 
statement) which detail the general approach to risk management and 
can be used both internally and externally as appropriate.

The Group risk management policy provides the mechanism to define our 
risk appetite. The Group has generally adopted an overall conservative 
approach to achieving controlled growth which is reflected in its risk 
appetite statements and in our overall approach to risk management.

The process streams are illustrated below:

Risk Appetite 
Framework
Setting of objectives, 
budgets, targets and 
tolerances

Business Planning 
Processes
Targets & tolerances

Risk 
Management 
Framework
Control Environment
Assurance 
Framework

Capital Planning 
Processes
Capital Allocation
Capital Management

28

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Risk reporting
The Group adopts two methodologies for the purpose of risk reporting.

A summary of all risks recorded on the risk registers, including both 
quantifiable and non-quantifiable risks or uncertainties, is reported to the 
Risk Management Committee (RMC) (together with any relevant KRIs) with 
significant changes or risks outside of appetite presented to the EMAC 
and R&CC. As referred to above, these risks are reported in the context 
of the qualitative comparison to risk appetite, and for those risks outside 
appetite, progress is reported as to the actions required to bring the risk 
back within appetite.

For significant quantifiable risks (e.g. operational losses), individual 
tolerance levels are set in the context of the Group’s risk appetite. 
Actual results are reported against tolerance levels to the Risk team, EMB 
and the Board on a monthly basis. In the event that tolerance levels are 
breached, the appropriate remedial action may be taken immediately.

Top-down measurement and reporting of risk appetite
The Group adopts both a quantitative and qualitative approach to 
measuring risks against its risk appetite, incorporating both absolute and 
relative measurements of risks within each of the categories.

Where the Group has assessed that it faces a significant individual risk, it 
seeks to set appropriate individual quantitative tolerance levels. In cases 
where such risks have crystallised materially in the past, the Group 
performs a review of the amount and distribution of past losses, or uses 
other techniques, and sets an appropriate tolerance level in the context of 
the overall risk appetite.

The Board and EMB have identified 14 risks that, should they crystallise, 
could impact the Group’s ability to meet its strategic objectives. 
These risks are referred to as the high-impact top risks (HITR). 
The relationship between the HITR and the risk appetite categories is not 
a one to one relationship, as it is recognised that the HITR could impact 
the delivery of several of the strategic objectives.

The Risk team collate the underlying Key Risk Indicators (KRI) mapped 
to the HITR and highlight any breaches of tolerances to the Chief Risk 
Officer (CRO) and through onwards reporting to Executive Management 
Assurance Committee (EMAC), R&CC, EMB and Board.

Amendments to risk appetite statements
The risk appetite statements are reviewed by EMB and R&CC and 
approved by the Board on an annual basis in line with the ICAAP and 
the Group business planning process. Accordingly, the risk appetite is 
reviewed and updated in line with the Group’s evolving strategy, operating 
model, financial capacity, business opportunities, regulatory constraints 
and any other internal or external factors.

Risk identification and assessment of risks
The Group adopts a top-down and a bottom-up approach to the 
identification of risks. The EMB and the Board have identified the 
HITR that could impact the ability of the business to meet its strategic 
objectives and these are reviewed, against the Group’s risk appetite 
statements, on an ongoing basis by the R&CC and EMAC. They are also 
reviewed as part of the ICAAP and business planning process each year.

In addition to the HITR, the Group maintains a risk register of bottom-
up risks.

29

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationPrincipal risks and uncertainties

The Board is committed to a continual process of improvement and embedment of the risk management framework within the Group. This ensures that 
the business identifies both existing and emerging risks, and continues to develop appropriate mitigation strategies. 

The Board believes that there are a number of potential risks to the Group that could hinder the successful implementation of its strategy. 

These risks may arise from internal and external events, acts and omissions. The Board is proactive in identifying, assessing and managing all risks 
facing the business, including the likelihood of each risk materialising in the short or longer term.

The principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group are detailed below, along with potential impacts and mitigating actions.

Risk

Strategic risk

Competitor or market risk
The risk that the Group fails to remain 
competitive in its peer group, due to lack of 
innovative products and services, increased 
competitor activity, regulatory expectations, 
and lack of marketing focus and spend to keep 
pace with competitors.

Potential impact

Mitigations

•  Loss of competitive advantage, such that AUA 
and customer number targets are adversely 
impacted. This would have a negative impact 
on profitability.

•  Reputational damage as a result of 

underperformance and/or regulatory scrutiny.

The Group regularly reviews its products against 
competitors, in relation to pricing, functionality 
and service, and actively seeks to make 
enhancements where necessary to maintain or 
improve its competitive position in line with the 
Group’s strategic objectives.

Operational risk

Forward-looking regulatory  
and tax law risk
The risk of changes to taxation legislation or 
regulatory restriction severely reducing our 
ability to operate.

•  Non-compliance with regulation leading to 

customer detriment.

•  Financial loss due to reduction in customer 

numbers and/or fines from regulators.

•  Missed opportunities to achieve competitive 

advantage through the approach to 
implementation.

Regulatory and litigation risk
The risk that the Group fails to comply with 
the existing standards of the regulatory 
system, including FCA, ICO, HMRC and 
European Regulations.

•  Regulatory censure and/or fine.

•  Related negative publicity could reduce 

customer confidence and affect ability to 
generate new inflows.

•  Poor conduct could have a negative impact 

on customer outcomes, impacting the Group’s 
ability to achieve strategic objectives.

The Group remains closely aligned with 
trade and industry bodies, and other policy 
makers across our market. The use of ongoing 
competitor analysis provides insight and an 
opportunity to adapt strategic direction in 
response to market conditions. 

The Board is supported by a Risk and 
Compliance Committee, Executive Management 
Assurance Committee, and a Risk Management 
Committee in each of which all regulatory 
changes are reported and scrutinised 
as appropriate.

Strong compliance policy and technical teams 
responsible for ensuring all applicable new 
rules and regulations, as well as changes to 
industry practice, are captured, interpreted and 
implemented appropriately.

The Group maintains a strong compliance 
culture geared towards positive customer 
outcomes and regulatory compliance. 

The compliance function is responsible for 
ensuring all standards of the regulatory system 
are being met by the Group. This is achieved 
by implementing policies and procedures 
across the business, raising awareness and 
developing an effective control environment 
through providing comprehensive training. 
Where appropriate, the compliance monitoring 
team conducts reviews to ensure a high 
standard of compliance has been embedded 
into the business. 

30

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Risk

Potential impact

Mitigations

Information security risk 
The threat of a vulnerability in the Group’s 
infrastructure being exploited or user misuse 
that causes harm to service, data and/or an 
asset causing material business impact.

•  Related negative publicity could damage 
customer and market confidence in the 
business, affecting our ability to attract and 
retain customers.

•  Information security breaches could result 
in fine/censure from regulators, such as ICO 
and FCA.

Fraud and financial crime risk
The risk of failure to protect against cybercrime, 
fraud or security breaches, as a result of staff or 
third-party dishonesty, including cyber attack, 
causing major misappropriation of customer 
funds or theft of customers’ identities.

•  Loss of data or inability to maintain our 

systems, resulting in reputational damage 
through negative press exposure.

•  Potential customer detriment as customers 
are at risk of losing funds or personal data, 
which can subject them to further loss via 
other organisations.

•  Fraudulent activity leading to identity 

fraud and/or loss of customer holdings to 
fraudulent activity.

Third-party IT failure risk
The risk that a third-party provider materially 
fails to deliver the contracted services.

•  Loss of service from a third-party technology 

provider could have a negative impact 
on customer outcomes due to website 
unavailability, delays in receiving and/
or processing customer transactions or 
interruptions to settlement and reconciliation 
processes.

•  Financial impact through increased 

operational losses.

•  Regulatory fine and/or censure.

The Group continually reviews its cyber 
security position to ensure that it protects the 
confidentiality, integrity and availability of its 
network and the data that it holds.

A defence in depth approach is in place 
with firewalls, web gateway, email gateway 
and anti-virus amongst the technologies 
deployed. Staff awareness is seen as being 
a key component of the layered defences, 
with regular updates, training and mock 
phishing exercises.

Our security readiness is subject to independent 
assessment by a penetration testing partner 
that considers both production systems and 
development activities. This is supplemented 
by running a programme of weekly vulnerability 
scans to identify configuration issues and 
assess the effectiveness of the software 
patching schedule.

Extensive controls are in place to minimise the 
risk of fraud and financial crime. Policies and 
procedures, including mandatory anti-fraud 
training, are in place for all employees to aid the 
detection, prevention and reporting of internal 
fraud. The Group has an extensive recruitment 
process in place to screen potential employees. 

The Group actively maintains defences against 
a broad range of likely attacks by global actors, 
bringing together tools from well-known 
providers, external consultancy and internal 
expertise to create multiple layers of defence. 
The latter includes intelligence shared through 
participation in regulatory, industry and 
national cyber security networks. 

We regularly assess our maturity against an 
acknowledged security framework, which 
includes an ongoing programme of staff 
training and assessment through mock 
security exercises.

To mitigate the risk posed by third-party 
software suppliers, the Group continues to 
build strong partnerships with key suppliers, 
managing relationships day-to-day under 
formal governance structures, and monitoring 
performance against documented service 
standards to ensure their continued 
commitment to service, financial stability and 
viability. Performance metrics are discussed 
monthly with documented actions for any 
identified improvements.

This is supplemented by attendance at formal 
user groups with other clients of the key 
suppliers, sharing experience and leveraging 
the strength of the user base. Where relevant 
and appropriate, annual financial due diligence 
on critical IT suppliers and on-site audits are 
also undertaken. 

31

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationPrincipal risks and uncertainties
continued

Risk

Potential impact

Mitigations

IT system performance, capacity and 
resilience risk 
The risk that the design, implementation and 
management of applications, infrastructure 
and services fail to meet current and future 
business requirements.

•  The reliance on evolving technology remains 
crucial to the Group’s effort to develop its 
services and enhance products. Prolonged 
underinvestment in technology will affect our 
ability to serve our customers and meet their 
needs.

•  Failing to deliver and manage a fit-for-purpose 
technology platform could have an adverse 
impact on customer outcomes and affect our 
ability to attract new customers.

•  IT failures may lead to financial or regulatory 

penalties, and reputational damage.

Business continuity risk
The risk of the inability to maintain critical 
operations in the event of either an internal or 
external disruptive event e.g. loss of building, IT 
failure, loss of key supplier and staff shortages.

•  Failure to maintain or quickly recover 

operations would lead to inability to service 
customer needs, generating negative 
publicity.

•  The loss of services could lead to a significant 

financial loss.

Operational capability risk
The risk that, due to unexpectedly high volumes 
and/or levels of change activity, the Group is 
unable to process work within agreed service 
levels and/or to an acceptable quality for a 
sustained period.

•  A decline in the quality of work will have 
a financial impact through increased 
operational losses.

•  Unexpectedly high volumes coupled with staff 
recruitment and retention issues could lead 
to poor customer outcomes and reputational 
damage.

The Group continues to implement a 
programme of increasing annual investment 
in the technology platform. This is informed 
by recommendations that result from regular 
architectural reviews of applications and of the 
underpinning infrastructure and services. 

Daily monitoring routines provide oversight of 
performance and capacity, and regular reviews 
of those routines.

Our rolling programme of both business 
continuity planning and testing, and single 
point of failure management, maintains our 
focus on the resilience of key systems in the 
event of an interruption to service.

The Group has a comprehensive and tested 
business continuity management model.

Agreements are in place with specialist 
suppliers for geographically remote disaster 
recovery facilities for all of its operations, 
including separate offsite IT recovery facilities. 
There is a rolling programme of testing of 
business continuity plans.

The Group focuses on increasing the 
effectiveness of its operational procedures and, 
through its business improvement function, 
aims to improve and automate more of its 
processes. This reduces the need for manual 
intervention and the potential for errors. 

There is an on-going programme to train 
staff on multiple operational functions. 
Diversifying the workforce enables the business 
to deploy staff when high work volumes are 
experienced. Causes of increased volumes of 
work, for example competitor behaviour, are 
closely monitored in order to plan resource 
effectively. The Group maintains succession 
plans for key members of management and has 
also sought to mitigate this risk by facilitating 
equity ownership for senior employees through 
various share schemes and the development of 
a staff engagement strategy.

Financial control environment risk
The risk that the financial control environment 
is weak. This includes the risk of loss to the 
business, or its customers, because of either 
the actions of an associated third-party or the 
misconduct of an employee.

•  Reputational damage with regulators, leading 

to increased capital requirement.

•  Customer detriment damaging the AJ Bell 

brand.

•  Increased expenditure in order to compensate 

customers for loss incurred.

The Group’s financial control and fraud 
prevention policies and procedures are 
designed to ensure that the risk of fraudulent 
access to customer or corporate accounts 
is minimised. 

Anti-fraud training is provided to all members of 
staff who act as first line of defence to facilitate 
early detection of potentially fraudulent activity.

Strong technology controls are in place to 
identify potential money laundering activity or 
market abuse.

32

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Risk

Potential impact

Mitigations

Retail conflicts/conduct risk
The risk that the fair treatment of customers is 
not central to the Group’s corporate culture.

•  Poor conduct could have a negative effect on 
customer outcomes, impacting the growth of 
our business.

•  Reputational damage resulting from poor 

levels of customer service.

•  Additional regulatory scrutiny and financial 

loss.

The Group’s customer focus is founded on our 
guiding principles, which drive the culture of 
the business and ensure customers remain at 
the heart of everything we do. Training on the 
importance and awareness of the delivery of 
good customer outcomes is provided to all staff 
on a regular basis.

Financial risk

Economic and capital markets  
fluctuation risk
The risk that a significant and prolonged capital 
market or economic downturn has an adverse 
effect on customer confidence, asset values and 
interest rates.

•  Adverse effect on customer transactional 
activity or ad valorem fees generated from 
assets under administration from which 
the Group derives revenue. Sensitivities for 
interest rate and market movements are 
shown in note 24 to the consolidated financial 
statements.

Ongoing Brexit negotiations regarding future 
relations between the UK and the EU mean 
there is considerable uncertainty over the 
longer-term impact on the UK economy and 
this is likely to remain until, at least, exit terms 
are agreed.

The Group continues to focus on enhancements 
to its risk management framework, in relation 
to the identification, monitoring and mitigation 
of risks of poor customer outcomes, and to its 
product management process to reduce the 
potential for customer detriment. 

All developments are assessed for potential 
poor customer outcomes, and mitigating 
actions are delivered alongside the 
developments as appropriate.

The Group’s products are targeted at UK 
residents. We do not do business in any other 
countries and have relatively few customers 
outside the UK. However, in the event that 
the economy falls back into a prolonged 
recession, this may impact contribution 
levels and confidence generally in the savings 
and investment markets. The Directors 
believe that the Group’s overall income levels 
and in particular the balance between the 
different types of assets and transactions 
from which that income is derived, provide 
a robust defensive position against any 
economic downturn.

Revenue from retained interest income 
is derived from the pooling of customer 
cash balances.

The Group has a variety of transactional and 
recurring revenue streams, some of which are 
monetary amounts while others are ad valorem. 
This mix of revenue types helps to limit the 
Group’s exposure to interest rate fluctuations 
and capital market fluctuations.

33

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationPrincipal risks and uncertainties
continued

Risk

Potential impact

Mitigations

Counterparty credit risk
The risk of potential failure of clients, market 
counterparties or banks used by the Group to 
fulfil contractual obligations.

•  Unintended market exposure.
•  Customer detriment.
•  Increased future capital requirements.

The Group’s credit risk extends principally to its 
financial assets, cash balances held with banks 
and trade and other receivables. The Group 
carries out initial and ongoing due diligence 
on the market counterparties and banks that 
it uses, and regularly monitors the level of 
exposure. The Group holds an appropriate 
amount of capital against the materialisation 
of this risk. 

The Group continues to diversify across a range 
of approved banking counterparties, reducing 
the concentration of credit risk as exposure is 
spread over a larger number of counterparties. 
The banks currently used by the Group 
are detailed in note 24 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

With regard to trade receivables, the Group 
has implemented procedures that require 
appropriate credit or alternative checks 
on potential customers before business is 
undertaken. This has minimised credit risk 
in this area.

Liquidity risk
The risk that the Group suffers significant 
settlement default or otherwise suffers 
major liquidity problems or issues of liquidity 
deficiency which severely impact on the Group’s 
reputation in the markets. 

The risk that the Group does not have available 
readily realisable financial resources to enable 
it to meet its obligations as they fall due, or can 
only secure such resources at excessive cost.

•  Reputational damage.
•  Potential customer detriment.
•  Financial loss.
•  Unable to meet obligations as they fall due.

The Group is a highly cash-generative business 
and maintains sufficient cash and standby 
banking facilities to fund its foreseeable 
trading requirements.

The Group has robust systems and controls, 
and monitors all legal entities to ensure they 
have sufficient funds to meet their liabilities as 
they fall due.

34

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Viability statement

In accordance with provision C.2.2 of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, the Directors have performed an assessment of the viability of the 
Group. As a FCA regulated entity, a continual assessment is undertaken 
by the Group to identify and quantify its principal risks and uncertainties. 
This process is known as the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment 
Process (ICAAP) and the potential impact of these risks crystallising is 
considered over a four year period using the Group’s Board-approved 
forecasts, which are prepared over the same period. The Board believes 
this is an appropriate time horizon over which it can make a robust and 
well informed assessment of the critical factors likely to impact on the 
Group’s viability.

The viability assessment has been made considering the Group’s financial 
position and regulatory capital requirements in the context of its business 
model, strategy and four year financial forecasts and in consideration of 
the principal risks and uncertainties, as detailed in the strategic report 
on pages 4 to 35. The principal risks and uncertainties are those that 
may adversely impact the Group as a result of both the Group’s business 
activities and those arising from the wider macroeconomic environment. 

The Group’s financial forecasts for the four year period to September 
2023 were approved by the Board in September 2019. The first year of 
the financial forecasts are based on the FY20 budget for the business, 
prepared on a detailed bottom-up basis, following guidance from the 
Board at the start of the business planning process. The remaining 
three years are prepared using detailed revenue assumptions provided 
by management with high level assumptions made for the growth in 
the cost base, informed by historical trends and the agreed strategy of 
the business.

The Group’s ICAAP uses a combination of techniques including stress 
testing and scenarios to consider severe but plausible events to 
determine the capital requirements for the Group over the four year 
period covered by the Group’s financial forecasts to September 2023. 
The estimated capital required for the crystallisation of risks arising from 
its business activities is used to inform the Group’s regulatory capital 
requirements for the next twelve months. The estimated capital required 
for the crystallisation of risks arising from the wider macroeconomic 
environment, considering the impact of three different scenarios, is used 
to determine if the Group is able to maintain sufficient capital resources 
over the total four year assessment period.

As part of its ICAAP, the Group has considered severe but plausible stress 
and scenario testing of the potential impact of three critical factors arising 
from the macroeconomic environment. This covers changes in UK savings 
tax legislation and falls in either the Bank of England base rate or capital 
markets. This has been modelled over a four period to determine if the 
Group has sufficient capital to withstand the potential impact of all three 
scenarios occurring simultaneously, whilst retaining adequate capital 
resources to meet its projected regulatory capital requirements. 

The principal risks to the Group arising from the UK’s potential departure 
from the EU are considered to be those listed in the principal risks and 
uncertainties section under ‘economic and capital markets fluctuation 
risk’. These risks are considered under the stress testing and scenarios 
arising from the wider macroeconomic environment. 

The results have confirmed that the Group would be able to withstand 
the adverse financial impact of these three severe but plausible scenarios 
arising from the macroeconomic environment. The Group would continue 
to retain a surplus of capital above the Group’s regulatory requirements, 
in the event that all three scenarios occurred simultaneously, with or 
without any management remediation actions. 

As a result, the Directors confirm that they have a reasonable expectation 
that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities 
as they fall due over the four year period ending September 2023.

The Strategic report was approved by the Board of Directors and 
signed on its behalf by:

Andy Bell
Chief Executive Officer

4 December 2019

35

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationGovernance

38  Chairman’s introduction
40  Board of Directors
42  Executive Management Board
44  Corporate Governance report
48  Nomination Committee report
50  Audit Committee report
54  Risk and Compliance Committee report
56  Directors’ Remuneration report
72  Directors’ report
75  Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

36

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 201937

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Chairman’s introduction

 “ The Board establishes the purpose, 
principles and strategy for AJ Bell,  
which define and shape our culture,  
and is ultimately responsible for the delivery 
of, and the way in which we  
deliver, our strategic goals”

Our people
In order to ensure the wider workforce benefited directly from the 
listing of AJ Bell, we established a BAYE scheme and offered awards of 
free shares to employees on completion of the IPO. Under the plan, all 
employees were also offered the opportunity to buy shares out of pre-tax 
income at the listing price. The Board saw this as a way of reinforcing 
the culture of employee share ownership within the Group and further 
aligning the interests of our employees with those of our shareholders. 
Further details regarding the plan are set out on pages 105 to 108.

Enhancing employee engagement is a key priority for us and during 
the year we created an Employee Voice Forum consisting of employee 
representatives from different areas of the business. I am pleased to 
report that Laura Carstensen, our Senior Independent Director, was 
appointed as our designated Non-Executive Director with responsibility 
for engagement with our workforce through this forum.

I am also pleased to report that the Board has recently approved a long-
term CSR initiative for implementation in FY20, the intention of which is 
to give an additional contribution to charity through a donation of share 
options, should a number of stretching performance conditions be met by 
the Group.

Auditor
Following the conclusion of a competitive tender process led by the Audit 
Committee, the Board will recommend the appointment of BDO LLP as 
the Group’s external auditor for the financial year ending 30 September 
2020, for approval by the shareholders at the AGM in January 2020. 
Further details are set out on page 52 to 53.

Our stakeholders
The Board recognises the benefits of engaging with our shareholders 
and other key stakeholders in order to ensure that we are aware, and can 
take account, of their views when we make decisions. To reinforce this, 
as part of our annual business planning process, the Board more clearly 
identified our key stakeholders with a view to the business establishing a 
more formal programme of engagement with them. Further details are set 
out on page 47.

Les Platts
Chairman

Dear shareholder
I am pleased to be introducing AJ Bell’s first Corporate Governance 
report as a listed company. As a Board, we are committed to 
maintaining high standards of corporate governance and a robust 
framework for the control and management of the Group in the 
best long-term interests of its shareholders. I have highlighted 
below a number of matters in this regard and further details of how 
we have discharged our corporate governance responsibilities are 
set out later in this report.

Our culture
The Board considers a healthy corporate culture to be vital to the 
creation and protection of long-term value for our shareholders and 
other stakeholders. Our purpose, guiding principles and strategy all 
define and shape our culture. At the heart of our business is a clear 
and succinct purpose which is embodied within our strategy; we help 
people to invest. The underlying values of AJ Bell are set out in our 
guiding principles which govern the way we carry out our business.

A key aspect of the governance structure of the Group is our culture 
and the embedment of it throughout the business. This enables 
the Board to ensure that good governance extends beyond the 
boardroom and is reflected in the way we deliver our strategic goals.

During the course of the year, the Board, led by the CEO, reviewed 
how the culture of the business is articulated, communicated 
and evaluated. The outcome was the introduction of an updated 
framework for cascading the cultural tone from the boardroom 
throughout the business and the development of a dashboard to help 
us evaluate our culture in a measurable way.

38

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Quick reference guide to the contents of the 
Governance section

Section

Board of Directors

Executive Management Board

Governance framework

Role of the Board

Structure of the Board

Performance evaluation

Relations with stakeholders

Annual General Meeting

Nomination Committee report

Audit Committee report

Risk and Compliance Committee report

Remuneration Committee report

Page

40

42

44

44

45

46

47

47

48

50

54

56

Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code
The Group first became subject to the UK Corporate Governance Code 
2016 (‘2016 Code’) with effect from 12 December 2018, when its shares 
were admitted to unconditional trading on the London Stock Exchange. 
With effect from 18 March 2019, when AJ Bell was included in the FTSE 
250 index, it became subject to certain additional obligations under the 
2016 Code.

We have been fully compliant with the 2016 Code since our listing on the 
Main Market of the London Stock Exchange, except as follows:

•  under the 2016 Code, the chairman of a FTSE 350 company should 
not be a member of the Audit Committee. As indicated in the listing 
prospectus, I was a member of the Audit Committee, but did not act 
as chair, which was compliant with the 2016 Code whilst AJ Bell was not 
a FTSE 350 company. The Board considered it appropriate for me to be 
a member in order to support succession, as two of the other members, 
Eamonn Flanagan, the chair, and Laura Carstensen, had only recently 
been appointed. This was especially considered to be the case in the 
light of my previous experience of listed company audit work. It was 
also indicated in the prospectus that the position would be reviewed 
as and when it became necessary to do so. Accordingly, it was reviewed 
after AJ Bell was included in the FTSE 250 index and as a consequence 
I stepped down as a member of the Audit Committee and we were fully 
compliant with the 2016 Code by 30 September 2019. 

During the course of the year, the Group took a number of preparatory 
steps towards compliance with the additional obligations to which it will 
be subject under the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 (the ‘2018 
Code’). We will be required to report on how we have applied the new 
2018 Code in the 2020 Annual Report. It is the intention of the Board that 
the Group will fully comply with the 2018 Code, except as indicated on 
page 45. 

Further details of how the Board has discharged its corporate governance 
responsibilities are set out in this report.

Les Platts
Chairman

4 December 2019

Board Composition

Chairman
1

Executive Directors
2

Non-Executive Directors
3

39

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationBoard of Directors

Les Platts
Chairman

Committee membership

 N    R    C

Andy Bell
Chief Executive Officer

Committee membership

 D  

Michael Summersgill
Chief Financial Officer

Committee membership

 D  

40

In addition to his work at AJ Bell, Les was a 
director and vice chairman of Leeds Building 
Society until December 2018 and is the honorary 
treasurer of Lancashire County Cricket Club.

The 2018 Corporate Governance Code, which 
applied to AJ Bell with effect from 1 October 
2019, provides that the chairman should not 
remain in post beyond nine years from their 
first appointment to the Board. This matter is 
addressed on page 45.

Skills and experience
Les, who is a Chartered Accountant, joined the 
Board as an independent Non-Executive Director 
in September 2008 and was appointed Chairman 
in January 2014. He had a 33 year executive career 
with Deloitte LLP where he was an audit partner, 
the practice senior partner in the North East 
and a UK board member. His clients included 
FTSE 100 and FTSE 250 companies in a range of 
sectors and he advised on strategic, financial, 
governance and risk matters.

Les was influential in the development of listed 
plc level corporate governance policies and 
procedures at AJ Bell whilst it was still a private 
company. As Chairman, he ensures that the 
Board operates effectively and that there is both 
a constructive relationship with, and appropriate 
challenge to, the executive team. He believes 
that governance works best when the interests 
of all stakeholders are considered in strategy 
development and major decisions.

Skills and experience
Andy co-founded AJ Bell in 1995, after having 
spent a number of years working within the 
financial services sector. Having graduated from 
Nottingham University in 1987 with a first class 
degree in mathematics, he qualified as a Fellow 
of the Institute of Actuaries in 1993 and has 
built AJ Bell into one of the UK’s largest online 
investment platforms.

Andy’s early career shaped his thinking about 
the importance of developing propositions that 
truly meet customer needs, spending much of his 
time working closely with customers and their 
financial advisers. His involvement in the pricing 
of insurance and long-term savings products 
informed his view that value for money is a key 
ingredient of any financial services proposition.

As AJ Bell has grown, Andy’s focus has gravitated 
to developing strategy, managing the business 
and, crucially, ensuring that AJ Bell’s primary 
purpose, vision and culture are ingrained in 
the business.

Andy believes that a strong and effective 
governance framework is one of the most 
important foundations on which to successfully 
grow a business. This approach to governance 
has stood the test of time as AJ Bell has grown 
from being a small enterprise to a FTSE 250 
listed company.

Andy wrote The DIY Investor, which is now in its 
second edition and set up a charitable trust, the 
AJ Bell Trust, in 2011.

Recent examples of such initiatives include 
the move to a new head office in Manchester, 
the relocation of the Group’s stockbroking 
operation to Manchester and the IPO that saw the 
business list on the Main Market of the London 
Stock Exchange.

Michael’s main outward-facing role is shareholder 
engagement. Michael meets regularly with the 
Group’s key shareholders to ensure they 
are updated on the Group’s strategy and 
performance, whilst also providing the 
Board with clear feedback from the Group’s 
key shareholders.

Skills and experience
Michael joined AJ Bell in 2007 and was appointed 
as Chief Financial Officer in 2011. Michael studied 
economics at the University of Sheffield, 
completed the Transition to General Management 
programme at INSEAD business school and 
is a Fellow of the Association of Chartered 
Certified Accountants.

In addition to overseeing the financial 
management of AJ Bell, Michael is also 
responsible for operational aspects of the 
business. His key focus day-to-day is to ensure 
that AJ Bell’s finances and operations provide 
a solid foundation for the continued growth of 
the business.

Identifying those areas that require investment 
is a high priority for Michael. The combination 
of his financial and operational responsibilities 
allow him to maintain a hands-on approach in 
delivering large change initiatives.

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Key

 N

 A

Nomination Committee

Audit Committee

 D

 R

Disclosure Committee

 C

Risk and Compliance Committee

Remuneration Committee

Skills and experience
Laura became a Non-Executive Director of AJ Bell 
in March 2018 and was appointed as Senior 
Independent Director in April 2018.

This diversity of experience – spanning the City, 
the public sector and corporate boardrooms – 
has provided an unusually rich mix of experience, 
approaches and networks.

Laura is adept at developing strategy in 
complex operating environments and has 
developed particular expertise in relation to 
values-driven branding, strategic external 
engagement and business-embedded corporate 
social responsibility, all of which provides 
valuable insights.

Laura had been an equity partner in Slaughter 
and May, a leading City law firm, until 2004 and 
has since held numerous national-level public 
appointments and gained boardroom experience 
as a non-executive director and chair of both 
listed and private companies. Currently she is 
chair of AIM-listed financial services business, 
Appreciate Group plc, formerly Park Group plc.

Previous roles have included serving as a non-
executive director and chair of the values and 
ethics committee of The Co-operative Bank plc, 
as deputy chair of the Competition Commission 
(now Competition and Markets Authority) and 
as a Commissioner of the Equality & Human 
Rights Commission.

Skills and experience
Simon has impressive broad experience, 
initially as a senior executive and, subsequently, 
for 18 years as a non-executive director.

In his executive career, Simon was the managing 
director of Philips Consumer Electronics in the  
UK and group managing director at Dixons Retail 
for over ten years with wide responsibility in  
the UK and Europe. These roles have given him 
strong insights into process change resulting  
in not just lower costs, but a much improved  
customer experience, and given him a passion  
for improving customer service.

As a non-executive director, he has previously 
served on the boards of Yorkshire Building 
Society, where he chaired the remuneration 
committee, and Allied Irish Bank UK, where he 
was deputy chair of the risk committee. 

Simon also served on the audit committee 
of both boards. This gave him strong insights 
into all governance issues within the financial 
services sector. Although not a risk specialist by 
training, Simon has strong insights into risk and 
risk governance.

He has also served on the boards of several 
international internet businesses which 
has added to his knowledge of both 
online and traditional marketing and 
customer communications.

This, combined with his extensive management 
experience, means that Simon contributes widely 
to AJ Bell, with a particular focus on digital 
marketing, IT change and strategy.

All of this has proved invaluable to his roles as a 
Non-Executive Director of AJ Bell, whose Board 
he joined in March 2018, and as Chair of both the 
Audit Committee and the Disclosure Committee. 
Eamonn is presently a non-executive director 
of a number of subsidiaries of Jardine Lloyd 
Thompson Group, the global insurance broker, 
and retains an advisory role within Shore Capital.

Skills and experience
Eamonn is a Fellow of the Institute of Actuaries, 
having qualified at Royal Insurance, before 
moving to the capital markets where he was 
director and head of European insurance at a 
leading investment bank. He co-founded Shore 
Capital Markets, a respected independent 
securities business, where he was a director.

His time as a financial analyst provided Eamonn 
with considerable experience of analysing the 
business and financial models of companies 
across various financial sectors. This period 
also provided Eamonn with the opportunity 
to observe and analyse how companies within 
all financial sectors responded to changes in 
regulation, accounting standards and strategic 
focus, whilst, at the same time, delivering good 
and appropriate outcomes for customers.

41

Laura Carstensen
Senior Independent Director

Committee membership

 N    R    A    C

Simon Turner
Non-Executive Director

Committee membership

 N    R    A    C

Eamonn Flanagan
Non-Executive Director

Committee membership

 N    R    A    C    D

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationExecutive Management Board

The management expertise and experience of each of the members of the Executive Management Board, other 
than the Chief Executive Officer, Andy Bell, and Chief Financial Officer, Michael Summersgill, is set out below:

He also brings a deep understanding of the 
UK advised platform market and plays a key 
hands-on role in developing and maintaining 
key adviser relationships. 

Skills and experience
Fergus worked at Bank of Ireland for over 
20 years before joining AJ Bell in September 
2000. Since then he has worked in many 
areas of the business, including Commercial, 
Operations and Technology Services, and 
is currently the Managing Director of AJ Bell 
Investcentre. Fergus is also responsible for 
AJ Bell’s investment and Platinum SIPP and 
SSAS products.

His experience at AJ Bell and before has led 
to a strong belief in the power of focus on 
exceptional customer service – he believes in 
truly putting the customer at the heart of what 
AJ Bell does.

Skills and experience
Charles has over 30 years’ experience in 
stockbroking and investment platform 
businesses in both the retail and institutional 
arenas. Before joining AJ Bell, he held a 
range of advisory, marketing and operational 
roles in various City stockbroking firms 
and was the managing director of Lloyds 
Bank Stockbrokers Limited, which included 
responsibility for the bank’s retail stocks and 
shares ISA business.

AJ Bell Youinvest, the Group’s D2C customer 
retail product.

He is also responsible for the institutional 
stockbroking part of AJ Bell’s business and 
AJ Bell Media.

He brings deep experience of the UK 
investment platform market, customer 
requirements and business opportunities 
within a regulated environment.

He joined AJ Bell in 2007, when the business he 
was running as managing director, Lawshare 
(now AJ Bell Securities), was acquired by 
AJ Bell. Following the full integration of 
the stockbroking business within AJ Bell, 
Charles’s primary focus in his current role as 
the Managing Director of AJ Bell Youinvest 
has been on developing the scope and size of 

Skills and experience
Mo has 20 years of global industry experience, 
predominantly within large investment banks in 
London, Mumbai, Hong Kong and Singapore.

Mo brings hands on and in-depth technical 
experience within the financial services sector 
including building and sustaining large global, 
diverse teams driving digital, engineering 
and cultural transformation across multiple 
business lines.

Mo started his career in Cambridge at EMBL-
EBI, leveraging his BSc in Genetics and MSc in 
Software Engineering.

Mo moved into financial services in 2004 at 
Morgan Stanley London, building out platforms 
for a global operations user base within Prime 
Brokerage which led to opportunities in 

Mumbai and Hong Kong where he built out 
and managed the Securities Lending platform. 
He subsequently moved to Singapore as the 
APAC Head of Equity Finance and Synthetics IT 
at Barclays Capital, before returning to Hong 
Kong as the Head of APAC Prime Brokerage 
Technology. Immediately prior to joining 
AJ Bell, Mo served as Asia CTO for Wealth 
Management at JP Morgan Hong Kong.

Fergus Lyons
Managing Director,  
AJ Bell Investcentre

Charles Galbraith
Managing Director,  
AJ Bell Youinvest

Mo Tagari*
Chief Technology Officer

*  Joined 1 November 2019.

42

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Roger Stott
Group Finance Director

Louis Petherick
Chief Risk Officer

Christopher Bruce Robinson
Group Legal Services Director  
and Company Secretary

Skills and experience
Roger joined AJ Bell in July 2008, having 
qualified as a Chartered Accountant with 
KPMG in 1990 and then moved on to hold a 
number of senior in-house finance roles.

He was appointed to his current role as 
Group Finance Director in November 2014. 
This includes responsibility for AJ Bell’s 
financial management systems and controls 
and its Commercial Finance function.

Roger has extensive experience within the 
financial services sector as a result of having 
specialised in retail stockbroking for over 
20 years. This included seven years as the 
finance director of a well-known stockbroker 
between 1999 and 2006, having joined that 
company at start-up and taken it through a 
successful MBO and subsequent sale.

During his time at AJ Bell he has held a 
wide range of roles, including Group Risk 
Director and Chief Risk Officer, and has been 
responsible for AJ Bell’s ICAAP since 2008.

Skills and experience
Louis has extensive experience of risk and 
regulatory environments, which he gained 
from the senior risk, compliance and conduct 
roles that he held before he joined AJ Bell in 
September 2016. This included time spent at 
HSBC Bank, where he was part of the executive 
team for Marks & Spencer Bank and the HSBC 
Regulatory Compliance leadership team for 
the UK, and at the Co-operative Bank, where 
he was head of regulatory advice.

Louis began his career at AJ Bell as Group 
Risk and Compliance Director, before being 
appointed as Chief Risk Officer in July 2017. 
As Chief Risk Officer he has responsibility 
for the risk, compliance, data protection 
and financial crime functions within AJ Bell. 
Additionally he is the key contact for the FCA, 
AJ Bell’s main regulator, and the ICO.

Skills and experience
Bruce joined AJ Bell in October 2012 as 
Group Legal Services Director and Company 
Secretary, having previously acted as one of 
AJ Bell’s external legal advisers for around 
ten years. Before joining AJ Bell, Bruce spent 
20 years in private practice as a corporate and 
commercial lawyer, initially with Mace & Jones, 
and then following their merger in 2011, with 
Weightmans LLP.

Bruce specialised in private company mergers 
and acquisitions, group reorganisations, 
joint ventures, share option schemes and 
shareholder, investment and collaboration 
agreements. During his time in private practice 
Bruce developed a broad range of corporate 
and commercial legal knowledge, including 
company law and constitutions, as well as 
specific knowledge of the corporate and 

He is also responsible for the management 
of AJ Bell’s white label third-party 
SIPP relationships.

He brings an in-depth knowledge of the 
financial and operational activities of the 
business and its risk management and related 
governance practices.

His in-depth knowledge of the risk and 
regulatory environments within which  
AJ Bell operates and the related internal 
governance practices and procedures, 
together with his practical approach, bring a 
balanced risk and compliance focus.

commercial aspects of the AJ Bell business. 
This included advising on the reorganisation 
of the business which resulted in the 
establishment of what is now AJ Bell plc as 
the holding company of the group in 2004, the 
acquisition of AJ Bell Securities Limited in 2007 
and the establishment of the Group’s initial 
share incentive schemes.

Whilst at AJ Bell he has developed a more in-
depth knowledge of the business, including its 
internal corporate governance structures, so is 
well placed to advise the Board on governance 
related matters. 

43

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationCorporate Governance report

Governance framework
The Board has five main committees; the Nomination Committee, 
Remuneration Committee, Audit Committee, Risk and Compliance 
Committee and the Disclosure Committee. The terms of reference for 
each committee are available on the Group’s website at www.ajbell.co.uk.

Details of the roles and responsibilities of the Committees, other than 
the Disclosure Committee, are set out in the sections following this 
report. The Disclosure Committee is responsible for the review and 
implementation, on an ongoing basis, of the Group’s disclosure policy 
to ensure it addresses our ongoing compliance with the Disclosure 
Guidance and Transparency Rules, Listing Rules and Prospectus Rules 
and the Market Abuse Regulation. It is also responsible for ensuring that 
the disclosure policy is properly communicated within the business. 
The Disclosure Committee meets as and when required.

The day-to-day management of the Group is delegated by the Board 
to the CEO, who is supported by EMB, which he chairs. The day-to-day 
management of operations is delegated to EMB. The CEO and EMB 
exercise their respective delegated responsibilities within the confines 
of the risk and control framework set by the Board. We consider that this 
simplified management structure more effectively enables the Board 
to ensure that its governance responsibilities are properly discharged. 
EMB sub-delegates certain authorities to the:

•  Executive Management Assurance Committee, which has oversight 

responsibility for all the assurance functions within the Group, including 
regulatory compliance and risk management, but excluding external 
and internal audit.

•  Investment Committee, which has oversight responsibility for the 
investment products manufactured by the Group and associated 
investments services.

•  Treasury Committee, which has delegated responsibility for the 
management of cash funds held on behalf of customers, as well  
as the Group’s corporate funds.

•  Strategic Portfolio Management Committee, which has responsibility 

for oversight of the allocation of IT business change resource.

Leadership
The role of the Board
The Board is responsible for leading and controlling the Group and has 
overall authority for the management and conduct of AJ Bell’s business, 
strategy and development. The Board is also responsible for ensuring the 
maintenance of a robust system of internal controls and risk management 
(including financial, operational and compliance controls) and for reviewing 
the overall effectiveness of the systems in place, as well as for the approval 
of any changes to the capital, corporate and management structure of the 
Group. The Board is collectively responsible to shareholders for protecting 
their interests and promoting the long-term success of the business.

The Board reviews strategy annually during a dedicated business planning 
process with a view to promoting the long-term success of the Group. 
During the course of that business planning process, the Board reviews our 
purpose and guiding principles and is required to satisfy itself that these are 
aligned with our culture. The Board oversees the setting of objectives for 
EMB which are aligned with the Group’s high-level strategy and long-term 
vision and monitors progress with their delivery at Board meetings.

There are certain powers and financial limits sitting alongside those powers, 
which are reserved to the Board because their exercise is considered to be 
of overriding importance and significance to the Group. Those reserved 
powers, details of which are set out on the website at www.ajbell.co.uk, are 
reviewed each year by the Board.

Although a wide range of the Board’s powers and authorities are delegated 
to the CEO, the Board retains ultimate responsibility and authority for their 
exercise. Each member of the Board acts in a way which he or she considers 
to be in the best long-term interests of the Group and in compliance with 
their duties under sections 170 to 177 of the Companies Act 2006.

All of the members of the Board are expected to attend all meetings of 
the Board, the Board Committees on which they serve and the AGM. 
They are also expected to devote such time to the affairs of the Group 
as is necessary to enable them to perform their duties as Directors. 
The Company Secretary attends all meetings as secretary to the Board. 
Other members of the senior management team and external advisers are 
also invited to attend Board meetings to present items of business and 
provide insight into strategic issues.

Board

Nomination 
Committee
Chair: Les Platts

Remuneration 
Committee
Chair: Laura Carstensen

Audit 
Committee
Chair: Eamonn Flanagan

Risk and Compliance 
Committee
Chair: Simon Turner

Disclosure 
Committee
Chair: Eamonn Flanagan

Chief Executive Officer

Executive Management Board

Treasury Committee

Investment Committee

Executive Management 
Assurance Committee

Strategic Portfolio 
Management Committee

44

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019The Board has ten scheduled meetings each year and arranges additional 
meetings as and when required. Due to the demands of the listing, the 
Board held four additional meetings during the last financial year, plus a 
number of conference calls. In addition, the Chairman and the Non-
Executive Directors each spend time on-site meeting with management 
and other employees, for example, by attending our annual manager’s 
day, breakfast briefings and other staff social events and sitting in on 
some day-to-day business meetings. This provides the Board with 
valuable insight into the operation and culture of the business which has 
a positive impact on the quality of discussions at Board meetings and 
decision-making generally. 

Member

Les Platts

Andy Bell

Role

Chairman

Chief Executive Officer

Michael Summersgill Chief Financial Officer

Laura Carstensen

Senior Independent Director

Simon Turner

Non-Executive Director

Eamonn Flanagan

Non-Executive Director

Eligible  
meetings

Attended 
meetings

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

13

14

14

The Group maintains what the Board considers to be appropriate 
insurance cover in respect of legal action against the Directors.

Division of responsibilities
There is a clear division of responsibilities between the Chairman, 
Les Platts, who was considered to be independent upon appointment, 
and the CEO, Andy Bell. This is set out in writing in their respective terms 
of reference which have been approved and are reviewed annually by 
the Board.

The Chairman
The Chairman is responsible for the leadership and effectiveness of the 
Board. The Chairman sets the agenda for each meeting of the Board in 
conjunction with the Company Secretary and is in line with the annual 
calendar agreed by the Board. The Chairman manages the meeting 
timetable, promotes open and effective discussion and challenge at 
meetings and creates an environment in which all of the participants 
feel comfortable. The Chairman also meets regularly with the Senior 
Independent Director and Non-Executive Directors and separately with 
the CEO outside of formal meetings.

Under the provisions of the 2018 Code, which applied to the Group with 
effect from the beginning of the new financial year on 1 October 2019, 
the Chairman should not remain in post beyond nine years from the 
date of their first appointment to the Board. That period can, however, 
be extended for a limited time to facilitate effective succession and 
the development of a diverse board, if the Chairman was an existing 
Non-Executive Director on appointment. As Les Platts was appointed 
to the Board as a Non-Executive Director on 15 September 2008 and 
assumed the role of Chairman on 1 January 2014, the Group is not 
currently compliant with that provision. A succession plan for Les Platts 
was considered by the Nomination Committee during the year and is 
discussed further on page 49.

Chief Executive Officer
The CEO, Andy Bell, is responsible for the leadership and management of 
the business within the scope of the authorities delegated to him by the 
Board. The CEO must exercise those authorities to achieve the strategic 
objectives set by the Board, implement Board decisions and ensure that 
the Group complies with all of its regulatory and legal obligations.

Non-Executive Directors
The Non-Executive Directors, Laura Carstensen, Eamonn Flanagan and 
Simon Turner, help to set the strategy for the business, constructively 
challenge the Executive Directors and scrutinise the performance of 
EMB in relation to the delivery of that strategy, the implementation 
of Board decisions and compliance with the Group’s regulatory and 
legal obligations.

Senior Independent Director
The Senior Independent Director, Laura Carstensen, provides a sounding 
board for the Chairman and, if necessary, acts as an intermediary for 
the other Non-Executive Directors. The Senior Independent Director is 
also available for communication with shareholders where normal lines 
of communication via the Chairman, CEO and Chief Financial Officer are 
not successful or where it is considered more appropriate. The Senior 
Independent Director also leads the annual appraisal of the Chairman by 
the Non-Executive Directors.

Company Secretary
The role of the Company Secretary, Bruce Robinson, is to ensure that all 
Board and Board Committee procedures are complied with and to advise 
on corporate governance and related regulatory compliance. In addition, 
the Company Secretary is responsible for the provision of legal advice 
and support to all of the members of the Board as and when required. 
The Company Secretary is also responsible for ensuring that Board and 
Board Committee members receive clear and accurate information and 
papers in a timely manner.

Effectiveness
Board composition
At the year end the Board was comprised of the Non-Executive Chairman, 
who was independent on appointment, two Executive Directors and three 
Non-Executive Directors. A review of the independence of the three Non-
Executive Directors was undertaken during the year. The outcome of the 
review was that they were all considered to be independent in character 
and judgement.

The Board believes the current structure and size of the Board to be 
appropriate and that no single individual or group dominates the 
decision-making process. This will be kept under review.

There were no new appointments to the Board during the year.

Board induction, training and development
All Directors undertake a formal induction programme when they are 
appointed to the Board. The Nomination Committee report on pages 48 
to 49 provides further details on the procedures for the appointment of 
new Directors and succession planning.

All Directors are kept informed of changes in relevant legislation and 
regulations and changing financial and commercial risks. If considered 
appropriate, external advisers are engaged to provide training for 
members of the Board.

As part of their annual appraisal process, the personal and professional 
development needs of the Executive Directors are considered and agreed. 
During the annual appraisal process for the Non-Executive Directors, the 
Chairman reviews and agrees their training and personal development 
requirements. Non-Executive Directors are also encouraged to attend 
external seminars on topics which they consider appropriate for their 
professional development needs.

45

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationCorporate Governance report 
continued

Information and support provided to the Board
The Board and Board Committees receive accurate, clear and up-to-
date information in sufficient time for them to review it before each 
meeting and are provided with sufficient resources to discharge their 
respective duties.

The Directors have access to independent professional advice at the 
Group’s expense, as well as to the advice and services of the Company 
Secretary, who advises the Board on corporate governance matters.

Commitment and conflicts of interest
All other significant commitments and potential conflicts of interest which 
a Director may have are required to be disclosed before appointment and 
on an ongoing basis. The Board is satisfied that the Chairman and each of 
the Non-Executive Directors devotes sufficient time to their duties.

The terms and conditions of appointment of each of the Chairman and 
the Non-Executive Directors are available for inspection during normal 
business hours at the Company’s registered office and at the AGM for 
15 minutes before and during the meeting.

Board evaluation and effectiveness
The Board and each of its Committees undertake an annual review of 
its own performance in line with the requirements of the 2016 Code. 
This year, the process involved the members of the relevant governance 
body and, where appropriate, other key individuals involved in its 
workings, providing feedback to the Chairman, in the case of the Board, 
and to the Chair, in the case of each Board Committee. They then 
collated the feedback provided and presented their findings and, 
where applicable, related recommendations at a meeting of the Board. 
Following discussion of the findings and recommendations, a number of 
actions were agreed, the implementation of which will be overseen by 
the Board.

The Chairman evaluates the performance of the Non-Executive Directors 
each year. The Non-Executive Directors, led by the Senior Independent 
Director, evaluate the performance of the Chairman each year.

Overall, the Board concluded that the Board and its Committees operate 
effectively and that each Director continues to contribute effectively and 
demonstrate commitment to the role.

Re-election of Directors
All of the Directors are subject to annual re-election and intend to submit 
themselves for re-election at the 2020 AGM.

Accountability
Financial and business reporting
The statement of Directors’ responsibility for preparing the Annual 
Report and Financial Statements is set out on page 75. Within this, the 
Directors have included a statement that the Annual Report and Financial 
Statements present a fair, balanced and understandable assessment of 
the Group’s position and prospects.

The Board has established an Audit Committee, the role of which is to 
assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities by reviewing and 
monitoring the integrity of the financial and narrative statements and 
other financial information provided to shareholders, the Group’s system 
of internal controls, the internal and external audit process and auditors 
and the processes for compliance with related laws, regulations and 
ethical codes of practice. Further details of the work of the Committee 
are set out on pages 50 to 53.

46

With the support of the Audit Committee, the Board has reviewed the 
2019 Annual Report and Financial Statements and considers that, taken 
as a whole, they are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position 
and performance, business model and strategy. Please see:

•  details of the review work carried out by the Audit Committee in relation 
to the 2019 Annual Report and Financial Statements on pages 51 and 52

•  a description of the business model and strategy for delivering the 

objectives of the Group on pages 14 to 17

•  the Board’s going concern and viability statement on page 35

Risk management and internal controls
In accordance with the 2016 Code, the Board is required to monitor the 
Group’s risk management and internal control systems on an ongoing 
basis and carry out a review of their effectiveness. Details of the Group’s 
ongoing process for identifying, assessing and managing the principal 
risks faced by the Group are contained in the risk management section 
on pages 27 to 34, together with details of those principal risks and their 
related mitigating factors. Whilst the Board retains overall responsibility 
for the Group’s risk management and internal control systems, it has 
delegated oversight to the Audit and Risk and Compliance Committees.

The Risk and Compliance Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its 
oversight responsibilities, by reviewing and monitoring the Group’s 
attitude to and appetite for risk and its future risk strategy, the Group’s 
risk management framework, how risk is reported both internally and 
externally and the processes for compliance with related laws, regulations 
and ethical codes of practice and prevention of fraud. Further details of 
the work of the Committee are set out on pages 54 to 55.

The Board confirms that through the activities of the Risk and Compliance 
Committee, a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, 
including those that would threaten its business model, performance, 
solvency and liquidity has been carried out. In accordance with the 2016 
Code, the Board has also considered the Group’s longer-term viability 
which can be found within the viability statement on page 35.

The Board has delegated responsibility for the annual review of the 
Group’s internal control systems to the Audit Committee, assisted by 
the Risk and Compliance Committee (responsible for the Group’s risk 
management framework). Further details of the review and monitoring 
procedures can be found within the Audit Committee report on page 52.

In satisfying the requirements to ensure that the Group has adequate risk 
management and internal control systems, the Audit Committee has:

•  monitored the Group’s internal control systems on an ongoing basis; 

and

•  reviewed an annual effectiveness assessment of the Group’s risk 

management and internal control systems.

Remuneration
The Board has established a Remuneration Committee, which has 
delegated responsibility for determining the policy for executive 
remuneration and setting remuneration for the Chairman of the Board, 
CEO and other senior executives. When doing so, the Remuneration 
Committee takes account of wider workforce remuneration and related 
policies and the alignment of incentives and rewards with culture. 
Further details of the work of the Committee are set out on pages 56 to 57 
and page 71.

Details of the procedures which are in place for developing policy on 
executive remuneration and for fixing the remuneration packages of 
individual Directors are set out on pages 58 to 63. During the year no 
individual Director was present when his or her own remuneration 
was determined.

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Concert Party
As explained in the listing prospectus, due to their historic association as 
significant shareholders in AJ Bell and various other historic and ongoing 
business and investment relationships between them, the Chief Executive 
Officer, Andy Bell, and the AJ Bell Investcentre Managing Director, Fergus 
Lyons, together with their respective closely associated persons, are 
considered to be acting in concert with each other in relation to AJ Bell 
for the purposes of the UK City Code on Takeovers and Mergers. As a 
consequence, it is necessary for any awards that are being made to them 
under the Company’s Executive Incentive Plan or Buy As You Earn scheme 
to be approved by the Company’s independent shareholders at the AGM. 
As the AJ Bell Trust is also deemed to be part of the concert party, it is 
also necessary for the share options which are being granted to it for the 
purposes of the CSR initiative referred to on page 23 to be approved by 
the Company’s independent shareholders at the AGM.

Relations with stakeholders
As indicated above, during the annual business planning process, the 
Board more formally identified key stakeholders with a view to the 
business establishing a more structured programme of engagement with 
them so that the Board is aware of their views and can take them into 
account as part of its decision-making processes.

The Board recognises the importance and benefits of engaging with 
shareholders and other stakeholders, and has a strong history of doing 
so. This year, as a consequence of the listing of the Group, there has been 
a significant change in the shareholder base, which is now comprised of 
a wider range of institutional shareholders and many of AJ Bell’s valued 
customers and the Board has engaged with its stakeholders in a number 
of new ways.

The key stakeholders identified and principal engagement activities 
undertaken by, or on behalf of the Board, during the year were, as follows:

Our shareholders
•  regular review of the composition of our share register and the receipt 

of feedback from our corporate broker, Numis Securities Limited, 
representatives of which are regularly invited to attend Board meetings

•  inviting 20 of our largest institutional shareholders to a face-to-face 
meeting with the Chairman and our Senior Independent Director

•  roadshow presentations to institutional shareholders by the Chief 

Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, supported by our Head 
of Investor Relations, following the publication of our interim and full 
year results

•  welcoming a number of investors and analysts to our offices in 

Manchester and London, enabling them to see our operations and meet 
our managers and their teams from across the business

•  inviting a number of investors to attend our flagship Investival event, 
a one-day conference for financial advisers which is held annually 
in London

•  reviewing analysts briefings, copies of which are circulated to the Board

•  the publication of a video presentation by the Chief Executive Officer on 

our corporate website in relation to our interim and full year results

•  the launch of a new investor relations section on our corporate website

Our customers and their advisers
•  reviewing the results of our customer surveys and adviser surveys 

at Board meetings, which inform future product developments, and 
related actions

•  reviewing industry reports prepared by platform market analysts, 

copies of which are circulated to the Board

•  undertaking a customer outcomes embedment survey in order to 

measure the extent to which good customer outcomes are at the heart 
of our business

•  individual members of the Board attending Investival, our annual 

conference for our advisers.

Our people
•  the Chief Executive Officer’s six-monthly ‘Town hall’ talks with 

all employees

•  the establishment of the Employee Voice Forum to capture our 

employee voice

•  the designation of our Senior Independent Director as the Director 

responsible for engagement with our workforce

•  the launch of a new intranet for staff communications

Our suppliers
•  inviting key suppliers to present at a Board or EMB meeting

•  regular feedback meetings between members of the management team 

and representatives of key suppliers

Our other stakeholders
•  the establishment of a Corporate Social Responsibility Steering Group

•  supporting a programme of volunteering days

•  engaging with the FCA on investment pathways and guidance services

•  engaging with HMRC on ISA simplification and the payment of pension 

death benefits

•  approval by the Board to progress a long-term CSR initiative.

Annual General Meeting
The AGM will be held on 22 January 2020 at 10 am at AJ Bell, 4 Exchange 
Quay, Salford Quays, Manchester, M5 3EE. The Chairman of the Group and 
the Chairs of all of the Committees will be available to answer questions 
during the formal business of the meeting.

Les Platts
Chairman

4 December 2019

47

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationNomination Committee report

Les Platts
Chair of the Nomination Committee

Dear shareholder
As Chair of the Nomination Committee, I am pleased to present 
the Committee’s report for the year ended 30 September 2019.

Following the changes to the Board made in the run up to our 
listing on the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange in 
December 2018, the Committee’s focus this year has been on 
succession planning and the composition of the Board, Board 
Committees and EMB.

Further information on the activities of the Nomination Committee 
is provided below. I will be available at the AGM to answer any 
questions about the Committee’s work during the year.

48

Role and responsibilities
The Nomination Committee is responsible for reviewing the leadership 
needs of the business to ensure it can continue to succeed in the 
marketplace. This includes succession planning, considering and making 
recommendations to the Board in respect of appointments to the 
Board, the Board Committees, EMB and the chairmanship of the Board 
Committees. The Committee is responsible for keeping the structure, size 
and composition of the Board and the other governance bodies under 
regular review, and for making recommendations to the Board with regard 
to any changes necessary, taking into account the skills and expertise 
required to deliver the Group’s strategy.

The Board considers the current balance of skills, knowledge and 
experience on the Board or EMB, as applicable, when determining the 
capabilities and time commitment required for any new role.

Succession plans for Executive and Non-Executive Directors and senior 
management, in particular for the key roles of Chairman of the Board and 
CEO, are considered by the Nomination Committee.

The role and responsibilities of the Committee are set out in its formal 
terms of reference, a copy of which can be viewed on the Group’s website 
www.ajbell.co.uk.

Membership
The Committee meets at least once a year and may meet at other times 
as agreed by the Chair or at the request of another member of the 
Committee. The table below shows the Committee’s membership and 
members’ attendance at meetings for the year ended 30 September 2019:

Member

Les Platts

Position

Chair

Laura Carstensen

Senior Independent Director

Eamonn Flanagan

Non-Executive Director

Simon Turner

Non-Executive Director

Eligible 
meetings

Attended 
meetings

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

Appointments to the Committee are made by the Board on the 
recommendation of the Nomination Committee, in consultation with the 
Committee Chair.

The Committee comprises a majority of independent Non-Executive 
Directors in Laura Carstensen, Eamonn Flanagan and Simon Turner. 
The current Chair is the Chairman of the Board, Les Platts, who was 
considered independent on appointment.

Appointments to the Committee are for a period of up to three years, 
which may be extended for two further periods of three years provided 
the majority of the Committee members remain independent.

The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee. The Chief 
Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, members of the senior 
management team and external advisers are invited to attend the 
Committee’s meetings as and when appropriate.

An annual review is conducted of the time required from Non-Executive 
Directors to fulfil their Group responsibilities and compliance with 
any applicable FCA requirements in relation to their total number 
of directorships.

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Activity

Board composition

EMB composition

Succession planning

Diversity

Dec

Sep

Re-election of Directors
The Committee was satisfied that the Board continued to be effective 
and has therefore recommended all of the members of the Board for 
re-election at the 2020 AGM.

Committee evaluation
As indicated within the Corporate Governance report, the Nomination 
Committee conducted an assessment of its own effectiveness during the 
year. This identified the need for a small number of improvements which 
will be implemented during the forthcoming year. Overall, the Committee 
was satisfied that it continues to operate effectively.

Nomination Committee priorities for 2019/20
We will commence the search for a new Chairman to succeed Les Platts 
in 2022 and continue to keep succession planning for both Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors under review.

Signed on behalf of the Nomination Committee:

Les Platts
Chair of the Nomination Committee

4 December 2019

Main activities during the financial year
The Committee met twice during the year and a summary of the work 
undertaken in the last year is presented right:

Board composition
A point of focus during the year was the role of Les Platts as Chairman, 
because under the provisions of the 2018 Code, the Chairman should not 
remain in post beyond nine years from the date of their first appointment 
to the Board. Although the 2018 Code did not apply to the Company 
during the year, it did so with effect from 1 October 2019, the beginning 
of the current financial year.

Following the consideration of a succession plan for Les Platts, which was 
led by Laura Carstensen, the Senior Independent Director, the current 
intention is for him to step down from the Board at the 2022 AGM, which 
is expected to be held in January 2022. Les Platts did not take part in the 
discussion surrounding his succession plan. The Board considers that 
the plan will help to facilitate effective succession and development of 
the Board. The intention is for the formal recruitment process for the 
successor to Les Platts as Chairman to begin in mid-2020. An update will 
be provided in due course.

EMB composition
Given the changes which were made to the composition of the Board in 
advance of the listing, the focus during the year was on the composition 
of EMB. This resulted in a decision to appoint a Chief Technology Officer 
to EMB. Led by the Chief Financial Officer, with the support of the Chair of 
the Nomination Committee and the Human Resources team, a thorough 
recruitment process was undertaken culminating in the Committee 
approving the appointment of Mo Tagari, who joined the business on 
1 November 2019.

Succession planning
In relation to succession planning for the other members of the Board 
and EMB, the Nomination Committee undertook a review of existing 
plans during the year and was satisfied with the extent of the contingency 
arrangements which are in place.

Diversity
The Group is committed to ensuring that Executives and Non-Executives 
have a range of skills, knowledge, experience, backgrounds and 
perspectives to maximise their effectiveness in delivering our strategic 
objectives and supporting business growth. To further strengthen that 
commitment, the Nomination Committee introduced a formal policy on 
Board diversity during the year. The Committee will continue to keep this 
policy under review as it recognises the value that diversity brings to the 
Board and its Committees and the competitive advantage it provides.

It is the Board’s policy for all appointments to be made on merit, in the 
context of the skills, experience and knowledge which the business as a 
whole requires to be effective. Independence is also seen as a prerequisite 
for Non-Executive appointments. Selection processes take into account 
wider elements of diversity, to ensure the composition of the Board is 
appropriately balanced to support the strategic direction of the Group.

49

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAudit Committee report

Eamonn Flanagan
Chair of the Audit Committee

Dear shareholder
As Chair of the Audit Committee, I am pleased to present the 
Committee’s report for the year ended 30 September 2019.

During the year the Audit Committee continued to work closely 
with the Risk and Compliance Committee together with the Group’s 
internal and external auditors to ensure the Group complied with 
the listing requirements ahead of listing on the Main Market of the 
London Stock Exchange and maintained a robust financial control 
environment during our transition to a listed business. The quality 
of the output delivered over the year is testimony to the high 
calibre of the Finance team within the Group, which the Committee 
readily acknowledges.

The Committee has overseen on-going enhancements of the CASS 
environment and compliance with the FRC’s CASS audit standard.

Following our listing on the Main Market of the London Stock 
Exchange in December 2018, the Committee led a Competitive 
Tender Process (CTP) for the Group’s external audit in view of the 
ten year tenure of the current auditor, KPMG. This was a carefully 
considered, managed and controlled process and on 25 June 2019 
the Group announced that the Board had approved the proposed 
appointment of BDO LLP, subject to approval by shareholders at 
the forthcoming AGM. I look forward to working with BDO from this 
year onwards.

Further information on the activities of the Audit Committee 
is provided below. I will be available at the AGM to answer any 
questions about the Committee’s work during the year.

50

Role and responsibilities
The role of the Committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight 
responsibilities by reviewing and monitoring the:

•  integrity of the Group’s financial and narrative statements and other 

financial information provided to shareholders

•  Group’s systems of internal controls

•  Group’s internal and external audit processes and auditors

•  Group’s processes for compliance with laws, regulations and ethical 

codes of practice.

The role and responsibilities of the Committee are set out in the formal 
terms of reference which were reviewed by the Committee and last 
approved by the Board in September 2019. A copy of the terms of 
reference can be viewed on the Group’s website: www.ajbell.co.uk.

The Committee members receive ongoing regular training regarding 
matters relevant to their role and responsibilities.

Membership
The Committee meets at least four times a year at appropriate intervals 
in the financial reporting and audit cycle and otherwise as required. 
The table below shows the Committee’s membership and members’ 
attendance at meetings for the year ended 30 September 2019:

Member

Position

Eamonn Flanagan

Chair

Les Platts1

Non-Executive Director 
(Chairman)

Laura Carstensen

Senior Independent Director

Simon Turner

Non-Executive Director

Eligible 
meetings

Attended 
meetings

5

4

5

5

5

4

5

5

1  Stepped down on 23 July 2019

Membership of the Committee is reviewed annually by the Chair of 
the Committee as part of its annual performance evaluation. 
Recommendations for new appointments are considered with the 
Nomination Committee, prior to Board approval. There is a 
cross-membership with the Risk and Compliance Committee, to 
help ensure that agendas are aligned and key information is shared 
appropriately across the Board Committees.

As stated in the Corporate Governance report on page 39, the Group’s 
Chairman was a member of, but did not chair, the Audit Committee during 
the financial year, which was compliant with the requirements of the 2016 
Code prior to the Company joining the FTSE 250 on 18 March 2019. It was 
indicated in the listing prospectus that, Les Platts’ position as a member of 
the Audit Committee would be reviewed when it became necessary to do 
so under the 2016 Code. That review was undertaken as part of the annual 
self-assessment of the effectiveness of the Audit Committee on 23 July 
2019. Les Platts subsequently stepped down from the Audit Committee, in 
compliance with the 2016 Code.

At the year end, all Committee members were independent 
Non-Executive Directors.

The Board is satisfied that the Chair fulfils the 2016 Code requirement 
to have at least one member of the Committee with recent and relevant 
financial experience. Further, the Board is satisfied that the Committee as a 
whole has competence relevant to the business sector in which the Group 
operates. Biographical information on each member is set out on pages 40 
to 41.

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Main activities during the  
financial year
The Committee has an annual cycle of work to 
ensure that all responsibilities are met over a 
calendar year. The Committee met five times 
during the year and a summary of the work 
undertaken in the last year is presented right:

Activity

Nov

Jan

Mar

May

Sep

Financial reporting (including accounting 
judgements and significant issues)

CASS

Internal controls

Internal audit

External audit (including CTP)

The Company Secretary is secretary to the Committee. The Chief Executive 
Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Risk Officer, Group Finance Director and 
other senior members of the Finance team are routinely invited to attend 
Committee meetings. The external auditor attended all meetings during the 
year and the internal auditor attended specific meetings in relation to the 
planning and presentation of reports.

•  reviewed reports from management, considered all significant financial 
reporting judgements for the financial statements and reviewed any 
related disclosures

•  assessed the application and appropriateness of significant accounting 

policies including reporting standard changes relating to IFRS9 and 
IFRS15 in the year; and

The Committee also meets privately with the external audit partner and 
Deloitte, the internal auditor, at least once a year.

•  reviewed the Group’s going concern assumptions and 

viability statement.

Financial reporting
Financial statements
The Committee:

•  reviewed the interim and annual Financial Statements, and the 

preliminary announcements and recommended approval by the Board

•  reviewed the clarity and completeness of financial reporting disclosures

Accounting judgements and significant issues
In reviewing the Annual Report and Financial Statements, the Committee 
concluded that there are no significant or critical accounting judgements 
or estimates that require disclosure within note 3 of the consolidated 
Financial Statements. As part of its review, the Committee considered the 
following areas due to their materiality and application of judgement.

Area for consideration

Committee review

Intangible assets 
and impairment

Goodwill and CGUs

The Committee reviewed management’s paper to support the carrying amount of intangible assets held by the Group. 
The review is supported by Board approved forecasts and the sensitivities applied concluded that no impairment was 
required. The Committee was satisfied with the conclusions.

The Committee has considered the impairment review carried out by management. This included assumptions on the 
underlying calculation of the value-in-use of the CGU tested for impairment. The underlying cash flow assumptions are 
supported by Board approved forecasts. The main assumptions, discount rate and sensitivities are included within note 12 of 
the Financial Statements. The Committee were comfortable with the assumptions and judgements made concluding that the 
carry value of goodwill within the Financial Statements is appropriate.

Deferred tax asset

The Committee reviewed the approach to the recognition of deferred tax assets, with particular reference to the impact of the 
share incentive schemes. No concerns were raised and the recognition and disclosure appears appropriate.

Share-based  
payments

Provisions

The Committee reviewed the key assumptions used for the valuation of options granted under the Company’s share-based 
incentive schemes, with particular reference to the Executive Incentive Plan which was introduced in the year. The basis of 
accounting and disclosures made were also considered appropriate and consistent with KPMG’s findings. The Committee 
were satisfied that the assumptions used, including the performance period over which fair values are recognised 
were appropriate.

The Committee reviewed management’s paper presenting the assumptions and calculation methodologies applied in 
determining provisions. In addition to considering the appropriate application of IFRS and the recognition principles, 
the Committee were satisfied that the procedures performed by management to estimate and quantify provisions was 
sufficiently robust.

New accounting  
standards

The Committee has considered the impact of IFRS9: Financial Instruments and IFRS15: Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers, which have been applied for the first time within the Annual Report and Financial Statements and Interim 
Financial Statements for the year ended 30 September 2019.

The Committee reviewed and approved management’s papers on the calculation methodology and disclosure impacts of 
both standards. The introduction of both standards have not had a significant impact on the Group. Details of the transition 
can be found in note 2 of the Financial Statements.

These areas have been discussed with the external auditor to ensure the Group makes appropriate judgements and provides the required level of 
disclosure. Following consideration of the above, the Committee concluded that there are no items that should be classified as significant or critical 
judgements in the context of the 2019 Annual Report and Financial Statements.

51

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAudit Committee report
continued

Fair, balanced and understandable assessment
At the request of the Board, the Committee considered whether the 
2019 Annual Report and Financial Statements, taken as a whole, are fair, 
balanced and understandable and provide the information necessary for 
shareholders and other stakeholders to assess the Group’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy.

The Committee considered the procedures around the preparation, 
review and challenge of the Annual Report and Financial Statements; the 
information and reporting it received from management and the external 
auditor; and the discussions that took place during the year. The Committee 
also considered the narrative sections of the reports to ensure there was 
consistency in the information reported, that appropriate weight had been 
given to both positive and negative aspects of business performance and 
that key messages had been presented coherently.

Following its review, the Committee is satisfied that the Annual Report 
and Financial Statements are fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information necessary for shareholders and other 
stakeholders to assess the Group’s position and performance and has 
advised the Board accordingly.

The Directors’ statement on a fair, balanced and understandable Annual 
Report and Financial Statements is set out on page 75.

CASS
The Committee reviewed the reasonable assurance reports and 
limited assurance reports for all regulated entities within the Group. 
The Committee also challenged management as required on the content 
and procedures surrounding those reports.

Internal controls
Together with the Risk and Compliance Committee, the Audit Committee 
is responsible for monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the 
Group’s internal control and risk management systems. The Group’s 
systems of internal control and risk management are designed to identify, 
evaluate and manage rather than eliminate the risk of not achieving 
business objectives and can only provide reasonable and not absolute 
assurance against material misstatement or loss.

Through monitoring the effectiveness of its internal controls and risk 
management, the Committee is able to maintain a good understanding 
of business performance, key judgemental areas and management’s 
decision-making processes. Details of the Group’s risk management 
process and the management and mitigation of principal risks together 
with the Group’s viability statement can be found on pages 27 to 35.

During the year the Committee:

•  reviewed the adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s internal 

controls and internal control systems

•  reviewed the adequacy and effectiveness of financial reporting

•  considered and approved the internal audit plan for the year

•  considered reports from the internal auditor, challenged the robustness 

of findings and agreed actions

•  monitored progress in management’s responsiveness to resolving audit 

issues raised

•  assessed the effectiveness of the internal auditor

•  reviewed and approved the internal controls and risk management 

statements in the Annual Report and Financial Statements

The Committee is satisfied that the Group had appropriate procedures 
in place throughout the year and to the date of signing, which accord 
with the FRC guidance on risk management, internal control and related 
financial and business reporting.

The Board’s statement on internal control and risk management can be 
found on page 46.

52

Internal audit
The provision of internal audit services is outsourced to Deloitte LLP.

The internal audit plan for the upcoming year is approved annually 
in advance by the Committee. A rolling three-year plan is maintained 
to ensure all critical areas of the business are covered over this period. 
This is overlaid by a risk assessment to determine the prioritisation 
of the internal audit plan for the coming year.

The Committee reviews all internal audit reports in order to assess 
the effectiveness of mitigating controls and proposed actions by 
management to address any issues found. The Committee ensures that all 
management actions arising are tracked to completion on a timely basis.

During the year, six reviews were undertaken by internal audit and 
reviewed by the Committee.

External audit
Oversight of external audit
The Committee oversees the relationship with and work undertaken by 
the external auditor, KPMG. The Committee’s responsibilities include 
making a recommendation on the appointment, reappointment and 
removal of the external auditor and overseeing their effectiveness and 
independence. The Committee assesses the qualifications, expertise, 
resources and independence of the external auditor and the effectiveness 
of the audit process.

During the year the Committee approved the audit plan, the proposed 
audit fee and terms of engagement for 2019. The Committee reviewed and 
challenged reports from KPMG which outlined their risk assessments and 
audit plans, together with audit findings and management responses.

The Chair of the Committee has regular contact with the external audit 
partner outside of Committee meetings and without the management of 
the business present.

The Committee also assessed the effectiveness of the external auditor 
and the robustness of the audit process taking into consideration the 
quality and experience of the audit partner, the latest reports issued 
by the FRC’s Audit Quality Review team and the extent and nature 
of challenge demonstrated by the external auditor in its work and 
interactions with management.

Based upon this assessment, and acknowledging the more recent FRC 
Audit Quality Reviews, the Committee is satisfied with the performance 
of KPMG during the year and the policies and procedures in place to 
maintain their objectivity and independence.

Competitive Tender Process (CTP)
In accordance with the requirements of the Competition and Markets 
Authority Order 2014, any company in the FTSE 350 should undertake 
a CTP every ten years. In addition, the lead engagement partner 
of the external auditor is required to be replaced every five years. 
Alexander Simpson has been the lead partner throughout the current 
year and has held the position for two years. KPMG has acted as auditor 
to the Group since 2009 and in view of their tenure and the Group’s market 
capitalisation, the Committee initiated a CTP in January 2019 for the 
2020 audit.

The process was designed to be transparent, effective and efficient 
in order to provide participating firms an equal opportunity to tender 
for the provision of their services. Prior to the tender, the participating 
firms had been given equal opportunity to meet with key members of 
senior management and the finance team to ensure they had a good 
understanding of the business.

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Committee evaluation
As indicated within the Corporate Governance report, the Audit 
Committee assessed its effectiveness during the year. This concluded that 
the Committee was effective in fulfilling its role during 2019 and that there 
were no areas for concern.

Audit Committee priorities for 2019/20
As well as considering the standing items of business, the Committee will 
focus on the following key areas during the forthcoming year:

•  transition of external audit work from KPMG to BDO LLP

•  transition to IFRS16

•  developments in relation to the future of audit regulation

Signed on behalf of the Audit Committee:

Eamonn Flanagan
Chair of the Audit Committee

4 December 2019

The main elements of planning for the tender process began in March 
2019 when the proposed process was approved by the Committee. 
The Committee met regularly and received and commented on the 
main materials prior to these being issued to the participating firms.

As an initial step, a detailed desktop review process was undertaken, 
which considered the credentials of six firms against a range of criteria, 
including an assessment of the depth of knowledge and experience 
in the financial services sector, the firm’s geographical reach, analysis 
of the firm’s current and recent audit clients in our sector, review of 
the FRC’s June 2017 Audit Quality Inspection reports on each firm and 
consideration of our experience of the firms in recent engagements. 
Following this review, the Committee agreed that three firms should be 
issued with a Request For Proposal (RFP).

Evaluation criteria, in line with FRC guidance, were established and 
agreed for the process and a scorecard was used to appraise each firm. 
In summary, the Committee concluded that BDO LLP had a strong team 
proposition, good knowledge of AJ Bell’s business and the sector’s key 
risks, significant audit expertise within the sector, a good reputation and 
other features which demonstrated their commitment to providing a 
high-quality, focused audit.

Accordingly, the Board agreed to recommend to shareholders the 
appointment of BDO LLP at the 2020 AGM. The Committee will oversee 
the implementation of a detailed transition plan and an update will be 
provided in next year’s report.

Non-audit fees
The Committee recognise that, given KPMG’s knowledge of the business 
there are often advantages in using the external auditor to provide certain 
non-audit services. In the event that KPMG are engaged to provide 
non-audit services, procedures are in place to ensure that the provision 
of any such services do not impair the external auditor’s independence 
and objectivity.

Prior to undertaking any non-audit service, external auditor 
independence is considered together with the nature of the services and 
fee levels relative to the audit. All non-audit fees including those relating 
to the IPO were approved by the Board during the year.

As part of the planning, half year and full year processes, the Committee 
also received and reviewed an analysis of all non-audit work provided 
by KPMG in addition to the results of KPMG’s own independence 
confirmation checks.

Following the listing and as a result of the EU Audit Directive and 
Audit Regulations, the Committee intend to formalise this process and 
introduce a written non-audit services policy in the current financial year.

During 2019, the external auditor undertook non-audit work in relation 
to other assurance services, IPO related services and the provision 
of a regulatory software solution and was paid a total fee of £116,000 
(2018: £617,000). Analysis of the fees paid to KPMG during the current 
and prior year can be found in note 6 to the financial statements.

The Committee is satisfied that the external auditor’s independence has 
not been impaired by their provision of non-audit services.

53

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationRisk and Compliance Committee report

Role and responsibilities
The role of the Committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight 
responsibilities by reviewing and monitoring:

•  the Group’s attitude to and appetite for risk and its future risk strategy

•  the Group’s risk management framework

•  how risk is reported both internally and externally

•  the processes for compliance with laws, regulations and ethical codes of 

practice and prevention of fraud.

The role and responsibilities of the Committee are set out in formal 
terms of reference, a copy of which can be viewed on the Group’s website 
www.ajbell.co.uk.

Simon Turner
Chair of the Risk and Compliance Committee

More detail on the Group’s approach to managing risk is detailed in the 
risk management framework section of the Annual Report.

Dear shareholder
As Chair of the Risk and Compliance Committee, I am 
pleased to present the Committee’s report for the year ended 
30 September 2019.

During the year, the Committee considered a wide range of 
existing and emerging risk and compliance matters. Key areas of 
focus include:

•  customer outcomes

•  the Group’s risk appetite statements and key risk indicators (KRIs) 

to ensure the Group risks remain within appetite

•  stress testing and the potential impacts of severe economic 

scenarios on the Group’s business model and strategy

•  operational resilience, including against cyber attacks

•  whistleblowing across the Group

•  financial crime

•  regulatory changes which have impacted the SIPP and 

platform sector

The Committee receives regular training from external subject 
matter experts; this year it has received cyber security and 
investments training, in order to ensure its knowledge of these 
areas is appropriate.

The Committee concluded that the Group continues to have strong 
discipline in the management of both emerging and existing risks, 
and the Committee’s work continues to help support the Group in 
achieving controlled growth in fast growing markets and providing 
an acceptable level of return.

Further information on the activities of the Committee are 
provided below. I will be available at the AGM to answer any 
questions about the Committee’s work during the year.

54

Membership
The Committee meets at least four times a year and may meet at other 
times as agreed by the Chair or as requested by another member of the 
Committee. The table below shows the Committee’s membership and 
members’ attendance at meetings for the year ended 30 September 2019:

Member

Simon Turner

Position

Chair

Laura Carstensen

Senior Independent Director

Eamonn Flanagan

Non-Executive Director

Les Platts

Non-Executive Director 
(Chairman)

Eligible 
meetings

Attended 
meetings

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

4

The Committee maintains close links with the Audit Committee, with 
the Chair of each Committee being a member of the other. This cross-
membership and liaison between the Committees on agenda items 
and reports facilitates effective linkage between both Committees and 
ensures that any matters relating to both internal control and financial 
reporting are considered in an effective manner.

The Company Secretary is the secretary to the Committee. The Chief 
Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Risk Officer, Group Finance 
Director, Head of Risk and other members of the senior management 
team are routinely invited to attend Committee meetings.

Main activities during the financial year
Risk management framework (RMF)
The Group operates an established ‘three lines of defence’ approach to 
managing risk. Review and challenge across the three lines of defence 
continues to work well. The Chief Risk Officer provided his annual 
assessment of risk and compliance in January 2019 and confirmed 
good progress had been made with the delivery of both the risk and 
compliance plans over the previous financial year. The Group Risk 
Management Policy provides the mechanism to define our risk appetite. 
The Group defines risk appetite as representing the amount and type of 
risk it is prepared to seek, accept or tolerate at any point in time in the 
context of its business model and in the course of achieving its strategic 
objectives. The Committee conducted its annual review of the Group Risk 
Management Policy in March 2019 and approved the Policy with minor 
amendments to the Group’s risk appetite statements.

Risk reporting
The Group has identified key risks that should they crystallise, could 
impact the Group’s ability to meet its strategic objectives. These risks are 
referred to as the high impact top risks (HITR). KRIs are linked to the HITR, 
with measurements of performance against a pre-defined target. For each 
KRI a tolerance threshold is set in addition to a budget or target measure. 
Relative measurements are based on trend information to provide early 
warning indicators that the Group’s risk appetite may be close to being 
breached for that measure.

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019The Committee met five times during the year 
and a summary of the work undertaken in the 
last year is presented right:

Activity

Jan

Mar

May

Jul

Sep

Risk management framework

Risk reporting

Annual whistleblowing report

Consumer outcomes

Combined assurance model 

Cyber security 

Annual report by the Money Laundering 
Reporting Officer 

ICAAP

The HITR are reviewed annually after the Board strategy and budget have 
been approved and the appropriate KRIs and tolerances are then set. 
The HITR and associated KRIs are monitored at each Committee meeting. 
None of the Group’s HITRs have been outside of appetite during the last 
financial year. If the HITR were outside of appetite, the Committee would 
agree and monitor any remedial action required to bring the HITR back 
into appetite. The Committee receives a quarterly Chief Risk Officer’s 
update and reports from the different areas of the business, including 
client money and assets (CF10a reporting), information security and 
conduct risk.

Annual whistleblowing report
The annual whistleblowing report was presented to the Committee for 
consideration. There were no concerns to note regarding whistleblowing, 
however areas of focus from the FCA were taken into consideration and 
addressed where necessary.

Consumer outcomes
The Committee received the final Consumer Outcomes Assessment 
report in September 2019 which confirmed AJ Bell continues to embed 
consumer outcomes within its day-to-day business activities and to 
demonstrate that the interests of customers, and the delivery of positive 
customer outcomes, are at the heart of the business.

Combined assurance model (CAM)
The purpose of the CAM is to monitor the consistency of approach, 
completeness of coverage and co-ordination of activities of the Risk, 
Compliance and Internal Audit functions. All of the Group’s risks and 
controls used by management within the first line of defence are recorded 
in the Group’s risk register. The senior management for each business 
area is responsible for performing a control strength self-assessment 
(RCSA), supported by the Risk function on these controls and reviewing 
this assessment at least annually or in response to significant change. 
The second (Risk and Compliance) and third (Internal Audit) lines of 
defence then coordinate their assurance activities across the key areas 
of risk across the Group. The assurance output has been reviewed by the 
Committee, in conjunction with the Audit Committee, over the course of 
the financial year with no material concerns highlighted.

Cyber security
The Committee monitors the Group’s defences against cyber threats. 
The Committee has reviewed information from our internal subject matter 
experts on key cyber threats and the strength of our corresponding 
key controls. The Committee has also sought out assurance and cyber 
security threat testing from SureCloud (SureCloud is a provider of cloud-
based, integrated risk management products and cybersecurity services) 
to ensure the Group’s cyber defences are appropriate to the level of threat.

Annual report by the Money Laundering Reporting Officer (MLRO)
The Committee received its annual report from the MLRO in March 2019 
which confirmed the Group’s anti-money laundering and fraud systems 
and controls continue to operate effectively. Since then the Group has 
invested in new anti-money laundering technology and additional 
resource to further improve its control environment. The Committee 
monitors the effectiveness of the Group’s anti-money laundering and 
fraud systems and controls as part of its quarterly risk reporting.

ICAAP
The Group has conducted ICAAP scenario workshops with subject matter 
experts from across the Group to assess the material risks the Group may 
be exposed to. A Committee meeting was convened in July to review and 
challenge the output, with the revised output being subject to further 
review and challenge by the Committee in September. The Committee 
has also reviewed liquidity risk assessments and the wind-down plan.

Committee evaluation
The Committee conducted its annual effectiveness review in July 2019, 
which confirmed the Committee is operating effectively. There has been 
a minor change to the Committee’s responsibilities during the course 
of the financial year, with the overall responsibility for the review and 
monitoring of the Group’s internal control systems now residing with 
the Audit Committee.

Risk and Compliance Committee priorities for 2019/20
Senior Managers and Certification Regime (SMCR)
The SMCR is due to be implemented in December 2019 and December 
2020. The SMCR aims to reduce harm to consumers and strengthen 
market integrity by creating a system that enables firms and regulators 
to hold people to account. As part of this, the SMCR aims to:

•  encourage staff to take personal responsibility for their actions;

•  improve conduct at all levels; and

•  make sure firms and staff clearly understand their responsibilities and 

can demonstrate this.

Horizon scanning
The Group is enhancing its reporting for horizon scanning, with a 
bi-annual horizon scanning report to be presented for review at 
the Committee.

Signed on behalf of the Risk and Compliance Committee:

Simon Turner
Chair of the Risk and Compliance Committee

4 December 2019

55

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationDirectors’ Remuneration report 

Annual statement by the Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Laura Carstensen
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Dear shareholder
I am pleased to present my first report as Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee for the year ended 30 September 2019.

I have set out below a summary of the key events which took 
place during the year. These include the introduction of our new 
Executive Incentive Plan (EIP), the establishment of our Buy As You 
Earn (BAYE) scheme, and the introduction of a formal remuneration 
policy, which will be presented to the shareholders for approval at 
the AGM in January 2020.

Remuneration policy and Executive Incentive Plan
As part of our preparations to become a publicly listed company, we 
undertook a review of our remuneration policy for Executive Directors and 
senior management in order to ensure that it was appropriate for a listed 
company. We engaged with Deloitte LLP’s executive remuneration team to 
support the design of our post-admission remuneration structure.

The key principles which we took into account in determining our overall 
remuneration policy were:

•  Alignment of interests of the Executive Directors, senior management 
and employees with those of shareholders and wider stakeholders, and 
appropriate alignment with our purpose, guiding principles and strategy.

•  Competitive mix of fixed remuneration and performance  

related pay with an appropriate proportion of the package determined 
by stretching targets linked to the Group’s financial and non-
financial performance.

•  Simplicity/transparency with the creation of a clear framework for the 
measurement and assessment of performance aligned to our business 
model/cycle rather than an ‘off the shelf’ solution. In line with this principle, 
instead of having an annual bonus and separate long-term incentive plan, 
we operate a single incentive plan – the EIP, which has been designed to 
promote and reward long-term sustainable Group performance.

•  Equity participation – rather than cash-based incentives, for long-term 
value creation and to enable executives to participate in potential share 
price growth.

•  Attraction and retention of high-calibre talent to ensure continued 

growth and success as a newly listed company.

•  Good corporate governance – ensuring that remuneration and 

incentives adhere to the principles of good corporate governance, the FCA 
Remuneration Code and support good risk management practice.

We also took account of the continuing public debate on executive 
remuneration, fairness and corporate culture.

Given the nature of our business model, under which a high proportion of 
cash generated from operations is converted into profits in the year that it is 
generated, we did not consider a traditional long-term incentive plan to be 
appropriate. This resulted in our decision to introduce a single incentive plan 
under which performance is assessed over a single financial period based on 
a balanced scorecard of financial and non-financial measures, but with the 
deferral of the vesting of a significant proportion (60% in the case of Executive 
Directors) of the awards. The balanced scorecard and deferred awards 
promote and reward long-term sustainable Group performance.

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

Annual 
awards

Performance year
Performance  
condition applies

Grant of awards

Assessment of performance condition and release  
of award following the Remuneration Committee

Deferred 
awards

Performance year
Performance  
condition applies

Deferral Period
Performance underpins apply

Holding period

Grant of awards

Assessment of 
performance condition

56

Consideration of 
performance 
underpin and 
release of award

End of  
holding period

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019The EIP replaced our previous structure which was based on cash awards, 
but with executives being able to use part of the cash awards to acquire 
shares. Under the EIP no cash bonuses are paid, instead both annual and 
deferred awards are delivered in shares. EIP awards are granted at the start 
of the financial year and the number of shares subject to the EIP awards is 
determined based on the share price at the date of grant. This means that 
executives are exposed to the impact of any subsequent movement in the 
share price over the performance period. We considered this would help to 
further align the interests of the executives with those of shareholders.

Awards will be granted subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions 
assessed over the financial year. The performance measures set for the EIP 
awards are divided between a balanced scorecard of financial and non-
financial measures linked to the KPIs and strategy of the business, with 
the primary focus being on the drivers of long-term value, such as growth 
in AUA and customer numbers and retention rates. We consider that this, 
and our clear and robust framework for setting targets and for measuring 
and assessing performance objectively, ensures we reward executives 
appropriately for both their own contribution and the performance of 
the Group. The Committee retains the discretion to override mechanical 
assessment ratings, if they consider them to have resulted in inappropriate 
award outcomes. Deferred awards are also subject to a performance 
underpin which is linked to the underlying performance of the Group, risk 
management, conduct and compliance over the three year deferral period.

The timeline which applies to annual awards and deferred awards is 
illustrated on the previous page. In line with the 2018 Code, for the deferred 
awards there is a total period of five years between the start of the 
performance period and the end of the holding period.

The policy also introduces shareholding guidelines for Executive Directors 
which apply both during employment and post-cessation of employment.

The Committee reviewed and took account of the guidance issued by the 
main shareholder representative bodies during the preparation and approval 
of the proposed policy. The Committee considers the proposed policy to 
be aligned with the 2018 Code as it links variable executive remuneration 
to the Group’s strategy and the drivers of long-term shareholder value. 
The Remuneration Committee also gives consideration to the remuneration 
of the wider workforce when setting executive remuneration.

EIP outcomes 
Our results for the year ended 30 September 2019 demonstrate the continued 
resilience of our business model. Total customer numbers increased by 
17% to 232,066, with total assets under administration up 13% to £52.3 bn. 
In comparison, the FTSE All-Share index decreased by 2% over the same 
period. Our growth has been driven by our platform business, where customer 
numbers increased by 19% and platform assets under administration by 16%. 
Moreover, our platform customer retention rate remains strong at 95.4%.

We achieved strong growth in revenue during the year, up 17% to £104.9m, 
and we are pleased to report a record increase in PBT to £37.7m, representing 
a 33% year-on-year growth rate. Staff engagement levels also increased 
across the business, which saw us strengthen our position as a three-star 
company in The Sunday Times 100 Best Companies to Work For list.

In considering Directors’ pay for the year, the Committee took into account 
our results and the underlying performance of the Group. Based on this, the 
extent to which awards under the EIP vested has been confirmed; the CEO’s 
award vested at 65% and the CFO’s at 66%; further details are set out in on 
page 68 of this report. 

The Committee believes that our Directors have continued to deliver real 
benefits for the business and our shareholders and have delivered strong 
performance against very challenging targets The Committee acknowledged 
that the Directors’ have benefited from the significant increase in share price 
growth over the period but recognise this as being exceptional following the 
listing in December 2018.

BAYE scheme
The launch of our BAYE scheme, which is an all employee tax-qualifying 
share incentive plan, in conjunction with the listing, has been a great 
success. Under the terms of the scheme, staff were able to buy shares 
out of pre-tax and National Insurance income at the listing price, which 
has enabled the wider workforce to share in the success of the business. 
Over 400 members of staff made contributions into the scheme during 
the year. Furthermore, our free share award of up to £750 to employees 
on completion of the listing also enabled us to recognise the valuable 
contribution made by all our staff in helping to make the business 
a success.

Alignment with wider workforce
The Committee receives wider workforce remuneration information from 
the Human Resources team, who are responsible for completing the 
annual pay review. Executive remuneration and other employees’ salaries 
are reviewed following the same process. This includes benchmarking 
against similar organisations and takes into account factors such as local 
recruitment conditions.

The Committee also considers the wider workforce when assessing 
levels of executive remuneration. For example, employees benefit from 
employer pension contributions, which increase by job level and are paid 
into a defined contribution pension scheme. The ability to sacrifice salary 
to make contributions into their pension is also available to employees. 
In contrast, the only employer pension contribution currently made on 
behalf of Executive Directors is a contribution equal to the amount of the 
Executive Director’s salary sacrificed. This is because other remuneration 
earned by Executive Directors is considered to be at an appropriate 
level without the need for additional employer pension contributions to 
be made. 

Gender pay
Our median pay gap remains relatively low compared to most other 
financial services companies with our mean gap at a level comparable 
with industry averages. We have seen the proportion of women in the 
upper-middle and top quartiles increase from last year with only a slight 
change at Board and EMB level due, in part, to the stability of our EMB, 
whose average length of service is just over 12 years. The Group’s gender 
pay gap report can be found at www.ajbell.co.uk.

Looking forward to 2019/20
The average base salary increase for the wider workforce is 3.7%. 
The Committee has approved basic salary increases of 2.5% for Executive 
Directors, which is in line with the standard increase awarded to members 
of the wider workforce.

In order to further reinforce the focus on long-term performance and 
growth in shareholder value, the weighting applied to financial and 
non-financial performance under the EIP has increased from 35% 
in the previous year to 50%. Non-financial targets primarily focus on 
performance indicators that drive long-term value creation including 
growth targets in AUA, customer numbers and retention rates. 
There will be no changes made to on target or maximum percentage 
award opportunities.

We will continue to monitor remuneration developments, particularly in 
light of the introduction of the Senior Managers and Certification Regime 
which will apply to the business with effect from 9 December 2019.

Signed on behalf of the Remuneration Committee:

Laura Carstensen
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

4 December 2019

57

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationDirectors’ Remuneration report 
continued

Directors’ Remuneration Policy

This part of the Directors’ Remuneration report sets out the Group’s 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the ‘Policy’), which, subject to 
shareholder approval at the 2020 AGM, will take binding effect from the 
close of that meeting.

The Policy has been determined by the Company’s Remuneration 
Committee (the ‘Committee’) with the following aims:

•  to align the interests of the Executive Directors, senior management and 
employees with those of shareholders and wider stakeholders, and to 
ensure appropriate alignment with the our purpose, guiding principles 
and strategy;

•  to have a competitive mix of fixed remuneration and performance 

related pay, with an appropriate proportion of the package 
determined by stretching targets linked to the Group’s financial 
and non-financial performance;

•  to operate a simple and transparent remuneration structure. In line 
with this principle, instead of having an annual bonus and separate 
long-term incentive plan, we operate a single incentive plan – the EIP –
which has been designed to promote and reward long-term sustainable 
Group performance;

•  to enable executives to participate in share price growth and to 
create long-term value through equity participation, rather than 
cash-based incentives;

•  to attract and retain high-calibre talent to ensure the Company’s 
continued growth and success as a newly listed company; and

•  to ensure that remuneration and incentives adhere to the principles of 
good corporate governance, the FCA Remuneration Code and that they 
support good risk management practice.

Policy for Executive Directors

Component

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

While no formal 
performance 
conditions apply to 
fixed remuneration, 
an individual’s 
performance in 
their defined role is 
taken into account 
in determining any 
salary increase.

Not applicable.

Whilst the Committee does not set a 
maximum permissible base salary, 
it does have regard to relevant 
comparators in approving salary 
levels. Increases will normally be 
within the range of salary increases 
awarded (in percentage of salary 
terms) to other employees of the 
Group. However, higher increases may 
be awarded in certain circumstances, 
such as:

•  on promotion or in the event of an 

increase in scope of the individual’s 
role or responsibilities;

•  where an individual has been 

appointed to the Board at a lower 
than typical market salary to allow 
for growth in the role, in which case 
larger increases may be awarded 
to move salary positioning to a 
typical market level as the individual 
gains experience;

•  change in size and complexity of the 

Group; and/or

•  significant market movement.

Increases may be implemented over 
such time period as the Committee 
deems appropriate.

The Committee has not set a 
maximum on the level of benefits 
Executive Directors may receive. 
The value is set at a level which 
the Committee considers to be 
appropriate taking into account the 
nature and location of the role and 
individual circumstances.

Base salary

Core element of fixed 
remuneration reflecting 
the individual’s role 
and experience.

The Committee ordinarily reviews 
base salaries annually taking into 
account a number of factors including 
(but not limited to) the value of the 
individual to the business, the scope 
of their role, their skills, experience 
and performance.

The Committee also takes 
into consideration:

•  pay and conditions of the workforce 

generally; and

•  Group profitability and prevailing 

economic conditions.

Benefits

To provide fixed 
remuneration on a 
market competitive basis 
to enable the retention of 
executives to deliver the 
Company’s strategy.

Benefits include medical cover for the 
Executive Director and their spouse 
and dependent children and life 
assurance scheme.

Other benefits may be based on 
individual circumstances, which may 
include company car or allowance, 
relocation costs or allowances, travel 
and accommodation expenses.

Reimbursed expenses may include 
a gross-up to reflect any tax or 
social security due in respect of 
the reimbursement.

58

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Component

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

Retirement  
benefits

To provide a competitive 
means of saving to deliver 
appropriate income 
in retirement.

An Executive Director may receive 
a salary supplement in lieu of 
some or all of the contributions 
that would otherwise be made to 
a pension scheme. 

Executive  
Incentive  
Plan (‘EIP’)

To reward achievement 
of the Group’s business 
plan, key performance 
indicators and the 
personal contribution of 
the Executive Directors.

Aligns the interests of 
Executive Directors with 
those of shareholders 
and rewards long-
term stewardship of 
the Company.

Delivery in shares with a 
performance underpin 
and the ability to apply 
malus adjustments 
and clawback further 
supports longer-
term alignment with 
shareholders’ interests.

Subject to any agreed salary 
sacrifice, the Company may make a 
contribution to a defined contribution 
scheme or a personal pension.

The EIP is a combined annual and 
long-term incentive plan under which 
both annual awards and deferred 
awards may be granted, referred to 
together as ‘Awards’.

Awards may be granted in the form 
of conditional awards of shares or nil 
(or nominal) cost options.

Share awards granted under the EIP 
may be settled in cash or granted 
as a right to receive a cash amount 
calculated by reference to a number 
of notional shares, although, for 
Executive Directors, the Committee 
would only do so where the particular 
circumstances made this the 
appropriate course of action (for 
example where a regulatory reason 
prevented the delivery of shares).

Following the end of the performance 
period, the Board will determine the 
extent to which the performance 
condition has been satisfied and 
whether it is appropriate to adjust 
the extent to which the Awards 
will be released to take account of 
the underlying performance of the 
Company and any other factors the 
Board considers relevant.

An annual award will normally be 
released (so that the participant is 
entitled to acquire shares subject 
to it) on the first dealing day 
following the assessment of the 
performance condition.

A deferred award will normally be 
released (so that the participant is 
entitled to acquire shares subject to it) 
following the end of a deferral period 
starting on the date on which the 
performance condition is assessed 
and ending in the fourth year after the 
start of the performance period.

Deferred awards will also be subject to 
a holding period which shall normally 
end on the fifth year after the start of 
the performance period.

During the holding period, the 
participant may not normally deal 
with shares acquired pursuant to 
the award other than to satisfy a tax 
liability relating to the Award or with 
the permission of the Board.

The maximum value of any employer 
pension contributions (or cash in 
lieu of a pension contribution) for 
Executive Directors will be aligned to 
those applicable to other employees.

In addition, Executive Directors 
may be permitted to sacrifice other 
elements of remuneration and receive 
an equivalent contribution to a 
pension scheme.

An Executive Director would not 
normally be granted awards under 
the EIP in respect of any financial year 
over shares with a market value (as 
determined by the Board) in excess 
of 200% of base salary. In exceptional 
circumstances this may be increased 
to 250% of base salary.

The market value of shares subject 
to an award will normally be based 
on the five-day average share price 
immediately preceding the date 
of grant, unless the Committee 
determines otherwise.

The number of annual shares granted 
to an Executive Director in any 
financial year may not exceed 40% of 
the aggregate number of shares over 
which they are granted in respect of 
that financial year.

Not applicable.

Performance 
measures include a 
range of financial and 
non-financial factors 
to encourage long-term 
value creation 
for shareholders.

Awards will be 
assessed against 
a combination of 
financial, non-financial/
strategic and individual 
measures, usually 
measured over a one 
year period.

At least 50% of the EIP 
opportunity is based on 
financial measures.

Up to 67% of the 
maximum award 
granted may vest at the 
end of the performance 
period for delivering 
appropriately stretching 
on-target performance.

Deferred awards will be 
subject to performance 
underpins linked 
to the underlying 
performance of 
the Group, risk 
management, conduct 
and compliance 
over the deferral 
period. The underpin 
performance conditions 
applicable to a deferred 
award will be disclosed 
in the Directors’ 
Remuneration report.

59

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationDirectors’ Remuneration report 
continued

Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
continued

Component

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

All-employee 
share plans

The Buy As You Earn 
(BAYE) scheme creates 
staff alignment with 
the Group and provides 
a sense of ownership. 
Executive Directors may 
participate in the BAYE 
scheme and/or in any 
such other all employee 
share plan as may be 
introduced from time 
to time.

The Executive Directors may 
participate in all sections of the 
BAYE scheme, being the partnership 
and matching section and the free 
share section.

Any other all employee share plan 
would be operated for Executive 
Directors in accordance with its rules 
and on the same basis as for other 
qualifying employees.

The limits on participation under 
the BAYE scheme will be those set in 
accordance with the applicable tax 
legislation from time to time.

Not subject to 
performance 
conditions in line with 
typical market practice.

The limit on participation and 
other relevant terms of any other 
all-employee share plan would be 
determined in accordance with the 
plan rules (and, where relevant, 
applicable legislation) and would be 
the same for the Executive Directors as 
for other relevant employees.

Recovery provisions (malus and clawback)
Malus and clawback provisions may be applied in the event of:

•  participation in or responsibility for conduct resulting in significant loss 

to a Group company

•  failure to meet appropriate standards for fairness and propriety 
including fraud, material dishonesty or material wrongdoing

•  bringing the Company into material disrepute

•  breaches to the employment contract that give potentially fair reason 

for dismissal

•  discovery of an event, post-cessation of employment, that would have 
prevented the release or grant of an award had the Company been 
aware of the event

•  error in determining an award or assessing the performance condition

•  material misstatement in financial information that was taken 
into account when determining an award or assessing the 
performance condition

•  material failure of risk management

In the case of annual awards, malus and clawback provisions may be 
applied up to the fourth anniversary of the end of the performance period 
and in the case of deferred awards up to the end of the holding period. 
If the relevant award has been released or exercised, the clawed back 
amount may be recovered from the recipient.

Explanation of performance metrics
Performance is measured against a balanced scorecard to support the 
Company’s strategy.

The targets are set at the start of the financial year by reference to 
long-term strategic objectives.

Deferred awards are subject to performance underpins that are designed 
to protect shareholder value and which are aligned to appropriate 
long-term behaviours including risk management, conduct and 
compliance. The Committee will consider the underlying performance 
of the Group over the deferral period (which may be on a relative and/or 
absolute basis).

The Committee may vary or substitute any performance measure or 
underpin if an event occurs which causes it to determine that it would 
be appropriate to do so (including taking account of acquisitions or 
divestments, a change in strategy or a change in prevailing market 
conditions), provided that any such variation or substitution is fair and 
reasonable and (at the discretion of the Committee) the change would 
not make the measure less demanding than the original measure would 
have been but for the event in question. If the Committee were to make 
such a variation, an explanation would be given in the next Directors’ 
Remuneration report.

Operation of share plans
The Committee may amend the terms of awards and options under the 
Company’s share plans in accordance with the plan rules in the event of a 
variation of the Company’s share capital or a demerger, special dividend 
or other similar event or otherwise in accordance with the rules of those 
plans. The Committee may operate any such plan in accordance with 
its rules.

Shareholding guidelines
To align the interests of the Executive Directors with those of 
shareholders, the Committee has adopted formal shareholding 
guidelines. Executive Directors are expected to retain half of all shares 
acquired through the EIP awards (after sales to cover tax and any exercise 
price) until such time as their holding has a value equal to 350% of 
salary in the case of the CEO and 300% of salary in the case of the CFO. 
Shares subject to EIP awards which have vested but have not been 
released (that is which are in a deferral period or a holding period) or 
which have been released but have not been exercised do not count 
towards the guidelines on a net of assumed tax basis.

Reflecting best practice, the Committee has adopted a post-cessation 
shareholding requirement. This requires that for 12 months following 
cessation, an Executive Director must retain such of their ‘relevant’ shares 
as have a value (as at cessation) equal to their shareholding guideline 
and must retain 50% of this requirement for a further 12 months. If the 
Executive Director holds less than the required number of ‘relevant’ 
shares at any time they must retain the ‘relevant’ shares they hold. Shares, 
which the Executive Director has purchased or which were held at the 
date of admission to the London Stock Exchange, are not ‘relevant’ shares 
for these purposes. The Committee retains the discretion to vary the post-
cessation shareholder requirement in appropriate circumstances and will 
continue to review the requirement in light of developing market practice.

60

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Policy for Non-Executive Directors

Component

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Fees and  
benefits

To provide fees within a market competitive range 
reflecting the individual, responsibilities of the role 
and the expected time commitment.

To reimburse where appropriate out-of-pocket 
expenses which are relevant to the requirements 
of the role. 

The fees of the Chairman are determined by the Committee and the fees 
of the Non-Executive Directors are determined by the Board.

Non-Executive Directors (including the Chairman)may claim expenses 
in line with the Company’s expenses policy for out-of-pocket expenses 
incurred in the fulfilment of their responsibilities.

Policy for the remuneration of employees  
more generally
The Group aims to provide a remuneration package that is competitive 
and which is appropriate to promote the long-term success of the 
Company. The Company intends to apply this policy fairly and 
consistently and does not intend to pay more than is necessary to attract 
and motivate colleagues. In respect of the Executive Directors, a greater 
proportion of the remuneration package is ‘at risk’ and determined by 
reference to performance conditions.

Base salaries are reviewed annually together with all employees and 
increases ordinarily become effective from 1 October. The Committee is 
kept informed of salary increases across the wider workforce and how 
decisions are made.

Illustrations of application of the  
Remuneration Policy
The following charts provide an illustration, for each of the Executive 
Directors, of the application of the Policy in the year ending in 
September 2020. The charts show the split of remuneration between 
fixed pay (that is base salary, benefits, employer pension contributions/
salary supplement), EIP pay on the basis of minimum remuneration, 
remuneration receivable for performance in line with AJ Bell’s 
expectations and maximum remuneration.

Andy Bell – Illustrations of Remuneration Policy

£1,800,000

£1,600,000

£1,400,000

£1,200,000

£1,000,000

£800,000

£600,000

£400,000

£200,000

0

Minimum
 Performance

Performance in line 
with expectations

Maximum

Maximum with 50% 
share appreciation

Michael Summersgill – Illustrations of Remuneration Policy

£800,000

£700,000

£600,000

£500,000

£400,000

£300,000

£200,000

£100,000

0

Key

Minimum
 Performance

Performance in line 
with expectations

Maximum

Maximum with 50% 
share appreciation

  Base salary, benefits and pension 
  EIP – Deferred Award

  EIP – Annual Award

61

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationDirectors’ Remuneration report 
continued

Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
continued

In illustrating the potential reward the following assumptions have been made:

•  Fixed pay

Base salary (being the latest known salary as at 1 October 2019) and benefits disclosed in the single figure table on page 64 for the 2019 financial year.

•  Executive Incentive Plan

Minimum performance

No payout

Performance in line with  
expectations

Maximum performance

Maximum performance with share 
price appreciation of 50%

67% vesting of the annual and deferred elements of the EIP based on the maximum EIP award of 187.5% 
of salary for the CEO and 150% of salary for the CFO.

Maximum vesting of the annual and deferred elements of the EIP based on a maximum EIP award of 187.5% 
of salary for the CEO and 150% of salary for the CFO.

Maximum vesting of the EIP with additional 50% share price growth appreciation on the deferred award.

Recruitment remuneration policy
When recruiting a new Executive Director, the Committee will typically 
align the remuneration package with the above Policy.

When determining appropriate remuneration arrangements, the 
Committee may include other elements of pay which it considers are 
appropriate. However, this discretion is capped and is subject to the limits 
referred to below.

Base salary will be set at a level appropriate to the role and the experience 
of the Executive Director being appointed. This may include agreement on 
future increases up to market rate, in line with increased experience and/
or responsibilities, subject to good performance, where it is considered 
appropriate. Pension will be provided in line with the above Policy.

The Committee will not offer non-performance related incentive 
payments (such as a ‘guaranteed sign-on bonus’, for example).

Other elements may be included in the following circumstances:

•  an interim appointment being made to fill an Executive Director role on 

a short-term basis;

•  if exceptional circumstances require that the Chairman or a Non-

Executive Director takes on an executive function on a short-term basis;

•  if an Executive Director is recruited at a time in the year when it would 

be inappropriate to provide an incentive for that year as there would not 
be sufficient time to assess performance. Subject to the limit on variable 
remuneration set out below, the quantum in respect of the months 
employed during the year may be transferred to the subsequent year so 
that reward is provided on a fair and appropriate basis;

•  if a Director is required to relocate in order to take up the position, 

it is the Company’s policy to allow reasonable relocation, travel and 
subsistence payments. Any such payments will be at the discretion of 
the Committee.

The Committee may also alter the performance measures, performance 
period, vesting period and holding period of the EIP, if the Committee 
determines that the circumstances of the recruitment merit such 
alteration. The rationale will be clearly explained in the next Directors’ 
Remuneration report.

The maximum level of variable remuneration which may be granted 
(excluding ‘buyout’ awards as referred to below) is 250% of salary.

The Committee may make payments or awards in respect of hiring an 
employee to ‘buyout’ remuneration arrangements forfeited in connection 
with leaving a previous employer. In doing so, the Committee will take 
account of relevant factors including any performance conditions 
attached to the forfeited arrangements and the time over which they 
would have vested. The Committee will generally seek to structure 
‘buyout’ awards or payments on a comparable basis to the remuneration 
arrangements forfeited. Any such payments or awards are excluded from 
the maximum level of variable remuneration referred to above. ‘Buyout’ 
awards will ordinarily be granted on the basis that they are subject to 
forfeiture or ‘clawback’ in the event of departure within 12 months of 
joining AJ Bell, although the Committee will retain discretion not to apply 
forfeiture or clawback in appropriate circumstances.

Any share awards referred to in this section will be granted as far as 
possible under the EIP. If necessary, and subject to the limits referred 
to above, recruitment awards may be granted outside of these plans 
as permitted under the Listing Rules which allow for the grant of 
awards to facilitate, in unusual circumstances, the recruitment of an 
Executive Director.

Where a position is filled internally, any ongoing remuneration obligations 
or outstanding variable pay elements shall be allowed to continue in 
accordance with their terms.

Fees payable to a newly appointed Chairman or Non-Executive Director 
will be in line with the policy in place at the time of the appointment.

Policy on service contracts
Details of the Executive Directors’ service contracts and Non-Executive 
Directors’ letters of appointments are set out on page 69.

The Company’s policy is for service agreements with Executive Directors 
to be capable of termination by either the Company or the Executive 
Director by the giving of six months’ notice.

62

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Policy on payments for loss of office
The following table summarises the Company’s policy on the determination of payments for loss of office by Executive Directors.

Provision

Treatment

Fixed remuneration

Salary/fees, benefits and any pension will be paid to the date of termination.

Payments in lieu 
of notice

Where a payment in lieu of notice is made, this will include salary, benefits and any pension (or a cash equivalent) until the  
end of the notice period that would otherwise have applied.

Alternatively, the Company, may continue to provide the relevant benefits. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, 
amounts will be paid in equal monthly instalments. Mitigation will apply.

Executive 
Incentive Plan

If an Executive Director leaves during the first six months of the performance period, that award will lapse.

If an Executive Director leaves more than six months after the start of the performance period but before the end of the 
performance period:

•  as a consequence of death, ill health, injury, disability or for any other reason at the Committee’s discretion (a ‘Good 

Leaver’), annual awards and deferred awards made in respect of that period will be apportioned on a time basis and will 
usually be released at the normal release date to the extent that the performance conditions and underpin conditions are 
satisfied. The Committee may reduce or increase the extent to which an award is released to take account of the underlying 
financial performance of the Company and other factors the Committee considers relevant.

•  other than as a Good Leaver, the award will lapse.

If an Executive Director leaves after the end of the performance period but before the normal release date:

•  as a Good Leaver, annual awards and deferred awards will usually be released at the normal release date to the extent that 
the performance conditions and underpin conditions are satisfied. The Committee may reduce or increase the extent to 
which an award is released to take account of the underlying financial performance of the Company and other factors the 
Committee considers relevant.

•  other than as a Good Leaver, awards will only be released at the normal release date to the extent that the performance 

conditions and underpin conditions are satisfied and only in respect of such shares as determined by the Committee in its 
absolute discretion.

The Committee reserves the right to make additional exit payments where such payments are made in good faith in discharge 
of an existing legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such obligation) or by way of settlement or compromise of 
any claim arising in connection with the termination of a Director’s office or employment. Payments may include, but are not 
limited to, the amount of any fees for outplacement assistance and/or the Director’s legal and/or professional advice fees in 
connection with their cessation of office or employment and payments in respect of accrued but untaken holiday.

Where a ‘buyout’ or other award is made in connection with recruitment, the leaver provisions would be determined at the 
time of the award.

Payments may be made under the Company’s all employee share plans which are governed by HMRC tax-advantaged plan 
rules and which cover certain leaver provisions. There is no discretionary treatment of leavers under these plans.

In the event of a change of control during the performance period applying to an EIP award, the number of shares which 
will be capable of release will be calculated by reference to the proportion of the performance period that has elapsed and 
the extent to which the performance condition has been met or is expected to be met. The Committee has the discretion to 
reduce or increase the extent to which an award is released to take account of the underlying financial performance of the 
Company and any other factors the Committee considers relevant.

In the event of a change of control after the end of the performance period, awards will become capable of release  
(in respect of the number of shares determined by reference to the satisfaction of the performance condition).  
Alternatively, the Committee may permit awards to be exchanged for an award of shares in a different company  
(including the acquiring company). 

Other payments

Change of control

Non-Executive Directors are not entitled to compensation for termination of their appointment.

Consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in 
the Group
Whilst the Committee does not formally consult with employees as part 
of its process when determining Executive Director pay and has not 
used any specific remuneration comparison measurement, it does take 
into account pay practices and policies for employees across the wider 
Group. This includes the general basic salary increase, remuneration 
arrangements and employment conditions.

Consideration of shareholder views
The Committee is committed to open and transparent dialogue with 
shareholders in relation to executive remuneration and took account of 
guidance issued by the main shareholder representative bodies during 
the preparation of this policy. Going forwards, the Committee would 
consult with shareholders in advance of any amendments to the policy.

Legacy remuneration arrangements
The Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration payments 
and/or payments for loss of office (including exercising any discretions 
available to it in connection with such payments) notwithstanding that 
they are not in line with the policy set out above where the terms of the 
payment were agreed:

•  before the policy came into effect; or

•  at a time when the relevant individual was not a Director of the 

Company and, in the opinion of the Committee, the payment was not in 
consideration for the individual becoming a Director of the Company.

For these purposes, ‘payments’ includes the Committee satisfying awards 
of variable remuneration and, in relation to an award over shares, the 
terms of the payment are ‘agreed’ at the time the award is granted.

63

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationDirectors’ Remuneration report 
continued

Annual Report on Remuneration

Reporting requirements
We have presented the Annual Report on Remuneration (the ‘Report’) to reflect the reporting requirements on remuneration matters in accordance 
with the Companies Act 2006 and the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as amended). 
The Report also meets the UK Listing Authority’s Listing Rules and the Disclosure and Transparency Rules. The Report describes how the Board has 
complied with the provisions set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code 2016 relating to remuneration matters.

Implementation of the remuneration policy for 2018/19
The following table sets out total remuneration for each Director in respect of the year ended 30 September 2019. AJ Bell listed on the London Stock 
Exchange on 12 December 2018.

Single figure of remuneration for the year ended 30 September 2019 (Audited)

Salary and 
fees(a) 
£000

Benefits(b)
£000

Annual
bonus(c)
£000

Annual 
 award
£000

Deferred  
award
£000

Pension(d)
£000

Total 
remuneration 
£000

Executive Incentive Plan(c)

470

220

100

45

45

45

18

8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

567

216

–

–

–

–

851

323

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,906

767

100

45

45

45

Executive Directors

Andy Bell

Michael Summersgill

Non-Executive Directors

Les Platts

Laura Carstensen

Eamonn Flanagan

Simon Turner

EIP options are granted at the start of the performance period and therefore executives are exposed to the impact of any subsequent movement in the 
share price over the performance period. The Directors have benefited from the significant increase in share price growth from 160p at IPO to 396p at 
the vesting date, which was acknowledged by the Committee as being exceptional.

Single figure of remuneration for the year ended 30 September 2018 (Audited)

Salary and  
fees 
£000

Benefits 
£000

428

172

77

20

21

42

24

50

27

–

–

–

–

–

Annual  
bonus 
£000

1061

87

–

–

–

–

–

Executive Incentive Plan

Annual  
award
£000

Deferred  
award
£000

Pension 
£000

Total 
remuneration 
£000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

584

286

77

20

21

42

24

Executive Directors

Andy Bell

Michael Summersgill

Non-Executive Directors

Les Platts

Laura Carstensen

Eamonn Flanagan

Simon Turner

John Tomlins

1  Andy Bell sacrificed a bonus of £220k to which he would have become entitled in respect of the year ended 30 September 2018. The amount stated above is after 

that sacrifice.

64

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019The figures in the single figure tables above are derived from the following:

(a)

Salary and fees

The amount of salary / fees earned in respect of the year. A salary sacrifice arrangement is operated by the Company. 
Employees who join this arrangement no longer pay contributions to the pension schemes but receive a lower 
taxable salary. Directors’ salaries are shown gross of salary sacrifice pension contributions.

(b)

Benefits

The benefits received by the Executive Directors comprise:

•  private medical insurance
•  private fuel up until 31 October 2018
•  car allowances – provided to both the CEO and CFO up to 30 September 2018 
•  interest free loans on part paid shares held ahead of the listing 
•  life assurance provided to the CEO

(c)

Annual bonus

Annual bonus – FY18

Executive Incentive Plan

EIP – FY19

Annual bonus earned in respect of FY18 under the annual bonus plan in place prior to admission and paid in cash.

Annual award for FY19: the value of the annual award earned in respect of the financial year based on the share price 
at vesting of 396p. A description of performance against the measures which applied for the financial year is provided 
on pages 66 to 69.

Deferred award for FY19: the value of the deferred award earned in respect of the financial year based on the share 
price at vesting of 396p. A description of performance against the measures which applied for the financial year is 
provided on pages 66 to 69. Note: deferred awards are not released until the end of a three year deferral period and 
are subject to a further performance underpin and continued employment during the deferral period.

The values in the single figure of remuneration table are calculated in accordance with the applicable regulations 
by reference to the share price at vesting. In the period between IPO an vesting, the share price increased from 160p 
to 396p. Therefore, c.60% of the values are attributable to the share price growth over that period. The values of the 
deferred awards are included in the FY19 table, notwithstanding that the values will not be released to the Directors 
until the end of the deferral period.

(d)

Pension

Excluding any pension contributions made in respect of an individual under the Company’s salary sacrifice 
arrangement, none of the Directors received any other employer pension contributions in respect of the year.

Base salary and fees
Annual base salaries for Executive Directors were set on admission and disclosed in the Prospectus as set out below. Changes to the Executive 
Directors’ salaries from 1 October 2019 can be found on page 71.

Andy Bell

Michael Summersgill

Base salary  
from admission

£470,000

£220,000

Details of Chairman and Non-Executive Directors’ fees were also set on admission. The Chairman and Non-Executive fees set at admission are detailed 
below. Changes to the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors’ fees from 1 October 2019 can be found on page 71.

Les Platts (Chairman)

Laura Carstensen

Eamonn Flanagan

Simon Turner

Base fee

£100,000

£40,000

£40,000

£40,000

An additional fee of £5,000 is payable for each Non-Executive Director (excluding the Chairman) in respect of acting as a Committee Chair.

Executive Incentive Plan (EIP) (Audited)
For the financial year ended 30 September 2019, the maximum EIP awards granted to the CEO and CFO equated to 187.5% and 150% of base 
salary respectively.

Executive  
Director

Andy Bell

Maximum  
opportunity

On-target  
opportunity

Number of  
shares

Face value at grant1

Performance
period2

187.5% of salary

125% of salary

Michael Summersgill

150% of salary

100% of salary

220,312 Annual
330,469 Deferred

82,500 Annual
123,750 Deferred

£352,499
£528,750

£132,000
£198,000

Financial year ended 
30 September 2019

Financial year ended 
30 September 2019

1  For these purposes, the face value of the award is calculated by multiplying the number of shares over which the award was granted by 160p, the share price at admission.

2  Each award was subject to performance conditions assessed over the financial year ended 30 September 2019 (as described further below). Deferred awards are also 

subject to a performance underpin for a further three years (to 30 September 2022).

65

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationDirectors’ Remuneration report 
continued

Annual Report on Remuneration 
continued

The EIP awards are made up of an annual award and a deferred award (40% and 60% of the total number of shares respectively). Both the annual and 
deferred awards are assessed against a balanced scorecard of financial and non-financial measures, linked to the KPIs and strategy of the business, 
over the financial year ended 30 September 2019 as set out below:

Finance and assurance

Growth

Our customers

Customer services

Our people

Revenue
PBT
Diluted EPS

Weighting:
CEO: 65%
CFO: 65%

Total Customer
Total AUA

Weighting:
CEO: 12.2%
CFO: 5.2%

Customer retention rates

Weighting:
CEO: 10.5%
CFO: 8.8%

PBT margin
Operating Performance 
Indicators (OPI)

Weighting:
CEO: 7.0%
CFO: 12.2%

Staff engagement

Weighting:
CEO: 5.3%
CFO: 8.8%

Finance and assurance

Operating plan target

Actual

Prior year Commentary on achievements

Revenue

£102.9m

£104.9m

£89.7m Revenue and revenue per AUA were 1.9% higher than plan. The Committee 

noted this was due to a higher rate of ad valorem revenue earned on  
platform AUA. 

Revenue per £ AUA

Profit before tax

21.5bps

£37.5m

21.9bps

£37.7m

21.0bps Revenue increased by 17% compared with last year.

£28.4m PBT and EPS were broadly comparable to plan with higher revenue offset by 

higher costs. 

Diluted EPS

7.47p

7.47p

5.63p The Committee noted the challenging target within the plan, with a 33% 

increase in PBT and in diluted EPS achieved compared with the prior year. 

Summary performance: on-target performance

Growth

Operating plan target

Actual

Prior year Commentary on achievements

Total customers

233,156

232,066

197,912 Total customers were marginally lower than the ambitious growth plan due 

to a shortfall in non-platform customers. The Committee noted a strong 
performance in context of the challenging market conditions, with ongoing 
UK political and macroeconomic uncertainty. The total number of customers 
increased by 34,154 during the year.

Total AUA

£50.9bn

£52.3bn

£46.1bn AUA was 3% higher than plan due to favourable market movements. The 

Committee noted the strong growth in platform AUA during the year increasing 
the overall AUA by 13% to £52.3bn.

Summary performance: slight under performance against targets

66

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Our customers

Combined AJBIC/
AJBYI customer % 
retention rate

Operating plan target

95.2%

Actual

95.4%

Prior year Commentary on achievements

95.1% The customer retention rate of our platform customers was marginally higher 

than the plan. The Committee noted the improvement was due to a higher 
AJBYI retention rate.

Summary performance: on-target performance

Customer services

Operating plan target

Profit margin

36.5%

Actual

35.9%

Prior year Commentary on achievements

31.6% The profit margin was 0.6% lower than plan. The Committee noted the 

reduction in profit margin was due to higher costs, including marketing,  
FSCS levy and an increase in the dilapidation provision. 

The profit margin increased by 4.3% during the year, due to the continued 
growth in the business, higher revenue margins and operational gearing.

OPI

93%

96%

n/a A new suite of measures were used for FY19. There is therefore no prior year 

comparison. The percentage of operational performance indicators rated on 
target was 3% higher than plan. The Committee noted the strong performance 
in context of the high growth in the customer base during the year.

Summary performance: on-target performance

Our people

Star rating from Best 
Companies survey 
results

Operating plan target

3 star

Actual

3 star

Prior year Commentary on achievements

3 star Staff engagement targets were met as the score in the Best Companies survey 

increased and position strengthened as a 3 star company.

The Committee noted the increase seen in engagement levels across the 
business and, in particular, in relation to the personal growth of our employees 
and their wellbeing. 

Summary performance: on-target performance

67

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationDirectors’ Remuneration report 
continued

Annual Report on Remuneration 
continued

In considering the extent to which the Executive Directors’ EIP awards vested, the Committee assessed achievement against the financial and non-
financial targets set alongside the findings of the CRO risk report, in which no adverse findings were reported. They also took account of relevant 
external market conditions. The Committee recognised that strong performance had been delivered against ambitious targets with only a slight 
shortfall in meeting overall customer numbers and shortfall in profit margin, both of which had significantly increased from the previous year.

Accordingly, the CEO’s and the CFO’s awards vested at 65% and 66% respectively, as regards both the annual and deferred awards. Further detail is 
included in the table below:

CEO

CFO

Annual awards

Deferred awards

Annual awards

Deferred awards

Granted

220,312

330,469

82,500

123,750

Vested and 
released

143,202

Vested and 
deferred

–

–

214,804

54,450

–

–

81,675

Lapsed

77,110

115,665

28,050

42,075

The deferred awards are also subject to performance underpins for a further three years. The underpin conditions are set out below:

Underpin

Measure

Details

Grow shareholder value

Measurement of the underlying performance and 
strength of the Company

Risk, conduct and compliance

Effective individual and Company risk management

No material deterioration in the underlying performance 
of the Company which is significantly greater than any 
deterioration in the performance of comparator listed 
financial services companies.

No material failure in risk management, conduct 
or compliance.

The participants are entitled to acquire shares following the assessment of the underpins but (other than as regards sales to cover tax liabilities) 
participants are required to hold acquired shares (and to not dispose of shares) for a further 12 months.

Payments made to former Directors and payments for loss of office during the year (Audited)
No payments for loss of office and no payments to any former Director of the Company were made in the year.

Statement of Directors’ shareholding and share interests (Audited)
The interests of the Directors and their connected persons in the Company’s ordinary shares as at admission and 30 September 2019 were as follows:

Executive Directors

Andy Bell

Michael Summersgill

Non-Executive Directors

Les Platts

Laura Carstensen

Eamonn Flanagan

Simon Turner

There has been no subsequent change in Directors’ shareholdings and share interests since 30 September 2019. 

30 September 
2019

Admission

103,813,095

103,813,095

2,290,109

2,290,109

669,935

104,090

166,590

309,142

669,935

104,090

166,590

328,581

68

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Executive Directors’ interests under share schemes (Audited)
Awards under share plans:

Andy Bell

Annual award

Award date

18 Jan 19

Deferred award

18 Jan 19

Michael 
Summersgill

Annual award

18 Jan 19

Deferred award

18 Jan 19

As at  
1 October  
2018

Granted during 
the year

Lapsed during 
the year

Exercised during 
the year

–

–

–

–

220,312

(77,110)

330,469

(115,665)

82,500

(28,050)

123,750

(42,075)

–

–

–

–

Number of 
options at  
30 September 
2019

143,202

214,804

54,450

81,675

CSOP

CSOP

1 Oct 10

19 Dec 11

24,194

9,722

–

–

–

–

(24,194)

(9,722)

–

–

Status

Vested and 
unexercised

Subject to 
performance 
underpins

Vested and 
unexercised

Subject to 
performance 
underpins

Exercised

Exercised

The Committee has adopted a shareholding guideline for the Executive Directors, which requires a shareholding equivalent to 350% of base salary 
for the Chief Executive Officer and 300% of base salary for the Chief Financial Officer, as further described in the Directors’ Remuneration Policy. 
The Executive Directors have significantly exceeded this guideline at 30 September 2019, based on the share price at the end of the financial year.

Current service contracts and terms of engagement
Executive Directors
The Executive Directors are employed under rolling service contracts that can be terminated by the Executive Director or the Company with six months’ 
notice. These contracts were dated as follows:

Andy Bell

Michael Summersgill

Contract date

1 November 2018

1 November 2018

Non-Executive Directors
The Non-Executive Directors do not have service agreements and are appointed subject to letters of appointment that can be terminated with one 
month’s notice by either the Non-Executive Director or the Company. The letters of appointment are dated as follows:

Les Platts (Chairman)

Laura Carstensen

Eamonn Flanagan

Simon Turner

Contract date

15 September 2008

29 March 2018

22 March 2018

1 July 2014

69

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationDirectors’ Remuneration report 
continued

Annual Report on Remuneration 
continued

Performance graph and historical Chief Executive Officer remuneration outcomes
The graph below shows the total shareholder return (TSR) performance of the Company’s shares in comparison to the FTSE 250 for the period from 
the date of admission to 30 September 2019. The TSR performance of the FTSE 250 index has been selected as it is considered the most appropriate 
comparator group to AJ Bell. For the purposes of the graph, TSR has been calculated as the percentage change during the period in the market price of 
the shares, assuming that dividends are reinvested in shares on the ex-dividend date. The graph shows the change in value, up to October 2019, of £100 
invested in shares in the Company on the date of admission compared with the change in value of £100 invested in the FTSE 250.

Total shareholder return for AJ Bell against the FTSE 250 index

)
0
0
1
o
t
d
e
s
a
b
e
r
(
n
r
u
t
e
R
r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

l

l

a
t
o
T

250

230

210

190

170

150

130

110

90

70

50

Dec 18

Jan 19

Feb 19

Mar 19

Apr 19

May 19

Jun 19

Jul 19

Aug 19

Sep 19

Oct 19

Key

AJ Bell

FTSE 250

Source: Thomson Datastream

The table below shows details of the total remuneration and EIP vesting (as a percentage of the maximum opportunity) for the Chief Executive Officer 
in 2019. 

Andy Bell

1,906

65%

65%

Total single figure remuneration
£000

Annual EIP award (% of maximum 
opportunity)

Deferred EIP award (% of maximum 
opportunity)

CEO pay increase in relation to all employees
The table below sets out in relation to salary, taxable benefits and incentives, the percentage increase in pay for Andy Bell compared to the 
wider workforce.

Element

Base salary

Benefits

Annual bonus

CEO Wider workforce

9.8%1

(64.0)%2

n/a3

3.7%

3.1%

9.9%4

1  This includes an amount equivalent to the previous year’s car allowance amount which was consolidated into base salary from 1 October 2018.

2  The reduction in the CEO’s benefits between FY18 and FY19 reflects that for FY19 he was no longer eligible for a car allowance and interest free loans repaid ahead of 

the listing.

3  For FY18, the CEO earned a bonus by reference to the annual bonus plan in place prior to admission, part of which he sacrificed as described in the note to the FY18 single 
figure of remuneration table on page 64. For FY19, the CEO participated in the EIP under which he was granted both an annual award and a deferred award, each of which 
vested by reference to performance in FY19. Given the significant differences between the FY18 and FY19 annual bonus arrangements, the percentage increase is not 
included as, in the opinion of the Committee, it would not provide a meaningful disclosure. 

4  For FY18, certain members of senior management also earned a bonus by reference to the annual bonus plan in place prior to admission. For FY19 those members of 

senior management participated in the EIP. Therefore, consistent with the approach in relation to the CEO, those members of senior management have been disregarded 
when considering the change in the wider workforce annual bonus. 

Distribution statement
The following table sets out the total remuneration for all employees and the total shareholder distributions:

Total remuneration for all employees

Dividends and share buybacks

70

2019
£000

34,213

14,988

2018
£000

32,629

21,459

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019 
 
 
 
 
Implementation of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy for the financial year ending 30 September 2020
Information on how AJ Bell intends to implement the Directors’ Remuneration Policy for the financial year ending 30 September 2020 is set out below:

Salary and fees
Details of annual base salaries for Executive Directors are set out below:

Andy Bell

Michael Summersgill

Base salary from 
admission

£470,000

£220,000

Base salary at  
1 October  
2019

£481,752 

£225,504 

Increase %

2.5 

2.5 

This increase is in-line with the standard c.2.5% increase for the wider workforce.

The Chairman’s fee increased to £115,000 and Non-Executive base fees increased by 2.5% on fees set at admission from 1 October 2019.

Executive Incentive Plan
The maximum incentive opportunity for FY20 will be 187.5% of salary for the CEO and 150% of salary for the CFO. The incentive will be subject to 
financial and strategic/individual performance measures. The Committee considers the targets are commercially sensitive as they provide competitors 
with insight into our business plans and expectations and therefore they should remain confidential. However, the Committee intends to disclose the 
performance targets and performance against them retrospectively in the 2020 Directors’ Remuneration report.

Consideration by the Directors of matters relating to Directors’ remuneration
The Committee meets at least three times a year and otherwise as required. The table below shows the Committee membership and members’ 
attendance at meetings for the year ended 30 September 2019:

Member

Laura Carstensen

Position

Chair

Les Platts

Non-Executive Director (Chairman)

Eamonn Flanagan

Non-Executive Director

Simon Turner

Non-Executive Director

Eligible meetings

Attended meetings

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

The Company Secretary is secretary to the Committee. The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, HR Director and our external advisers, 
Deloitte, are also routinely invited to attend Committee meetings.

The Committee’s key responsibilities are:

•  reviewing the on-going appropriateness and relevance of remuneration policy

•  reviewing and approving the remuneration packages of the Executive Directors

•  recommending and monitoring the level and structure of remuneration of senior management

•  producing the annual report on the Directors’ remuneration

Committee evaluation
As indicated within the Corporate Governance report, the Remuneration Committee assessed its own effectiveness during the year. This identified a small 
number of improvements which will be implemented during the forthcoming year. Overall, the Committee was satisfied that it continues to operate effectively.

Advisers
In relation to its consideration of Directors’ remuneration during the year, the Committee has received advice from:

•  The Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, HR Director and Company Secretary

•  Deloitte LLP (Deloitte)

Deloitte is retained to provide independent advice to the Committee as required. Deloitte is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and, 
as such, voluntarily operated under the Code of Conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the UK. Deloitte’s fees for providing 
remuneration advice to the Committee were £14k for the year ended 30 September 2019. The Committee assesses from time to time whether this 
appointment remains appropriate or should be put out to tender and takes into account the Remuneration Consultants Group Code of Conduct when 
considering this. Deloitte was appointed by the Committee and has provided share scheme advice and general remuneration advice to the Company, 
including the provision of wider tax services during the year ending 30 September 2019.

Approval
This report was approved by the Board on 4 December 2019 and signed on its behalf by:

Laura Carstensen
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

4 December 2019

71

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationDirectors’ Report

The Directors present their annual report on the affairs of the Group, 
together with the consolidated financial statements and Auditor’s report, 
for the year ended 30 September 2019. 

The AJ Bell Employee Benefit Trust has elected to waive all dividends on 
shares held under the trust relating to AJ Bell plc. Further details can be 
found in note 10 to the financial statements.

On 16 November 2018, AJ Bell Holdings Limited re-registered as a public 
company and changed its name to AJ Bell plc. 

Additional disclosures
The Strategic report is a requirement of the UK Companies Act 2006 and 
can be found on pages 4 to 35 of this Annual Report.

The Company has chosen in accordance with section 414C(11) of  
the Companies Act 2006, to include details of the following matter  
in its Strategic report that would otherwise be disclosed in the  
Directors’ report: 

Corporate governance
The Corporate Governance report is set out on pages 44 to 47. 
The information in that section is incorporated into this Directors’ report by 
reference, is deemed to form part of this report and so fulfils the requirements 
of the corporate governance statement for the purposes of DTR 7.2.1. 

Articles of Association
The Articles of Association of the Company were adopted by special 
resolution on 15 November 2018. Any amendments to the Articles of 
Association may be made in accordance with the provisions of the 
Companies Act 2006, by way of special resolution.

Detail

Likely future developments in the business

Page

8 to 11

Directors
The Directors of the Group who were in office during the year, are 
disclosed on pages 40 to 41.

The Company is required to disclose certain information under Listing 
Rule 9.8.4R in the Directors’ report or to advise where such relevant 
information is contained. Information required to be disclosed by the 
Listing Rules can be located as follows:

Under the Company’s Articles of Association all of the Directors are 
required to retire from the Board at the AGM. Accordingly, each of the 
Directors, being eligible, will offer themselves for re-election by the 
members of the Company.

Listing Rule 9.8.4 Required Disclosure

(12) Current year dividend waiver 
agreements

(13) Future dividend waiver 
agreements

(14) Information regarding 
controlling shareholder

Location in the Report and Financial 
Statements

Note 10 to the consolidated financial 
statements provides information on 
employee benefit trusts that have 
waived dividends

Note 10 to the consolidated financial 
statements provides information on 
employee benefit trusts that have 
waived dividends

A statement regarding the 
controlling shareholder is on page 73 
of the Directors’ report

Principal activity
AJ Bell plc (the ‘Company’) and its subsidiaries (together the ‘Group’) 
provide an investment platform operating in the advised and D2C 
markets. The Company is registered as a public limited company under 
the Companies Act 2006 and is listed on the Main Market of the London 
Stock Exchange. 

Results and future performance
A review of the Group’s results and activities is covered within the 
Strategic report on pages 4 to 35. This incorporates the Chairman’s 
statement and Chief Executive Officer’s review, which include an 
indication of likely future developments. 

Key performance indicators
Key performance indicators in relation to the Group’s activities are 
continually reviewed by senior management and are presented on 
pages 18 and 19.

Dividends
The Board recommends a final dividend of 3.33p per ordinary share 
for the year ended 30 September 2019. This, together with the interim 
dividend of 1.50p per ordinary share paid on 28 June 2019, makes a total 
dividend in respect of the financial year end 30 September 2019 of 4.83p 
per ordinary share. The final dividend proposed by the Directors will 
be subject to approval at the AGM on 22 January 2020. If approved, the 
Company will pay a final dividend on 31 January 2020 to shareholders 
on the register at 10 January 2020. The ex-dividend date will be 
9 January 2020.

The service agreements of current Executive Directors and the Letters of 
Appointments of the Non-Executive Directors are available for inspection 
at the Company’s registered office.

Directors’ powers
Subject to company law and the Company’s articles, the Directors may 
exercise all of the powers of the Company and may delegate their power 
and discretion to committees. The Executive Management Board is 
responsible for the day-to-day management of the Group. The articles 
give the Directors power to appoint and replace Directors. 

Directors’ interests
Directors’ interests in the shares of AJ Bell plc are disclosed in the 
Directors’ remuneration report on page 68.

During the period covered by this report, no Director had any material 
interest in a contract to which the Company or any of its subsidiary 
undertakings was a party (other than their own service contract) that 
requires disclosure under the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Directors’ indemnities
The Company has made qualifying third party indemnity provisions for 
the benefit of its Directors. These provisions were for the purposes of 
section 234 of the Companies Act 2006 and were in force throughout the 
financial year and remain so at the date of this report. 

Share capital
Details of the Company’s authorised and issued share capital, together 
with details of the movements therein, are set out in note 22 to the 
financial statements. This includes the rights and obligations attaching 
to shares and restrictions on the transfer of shares.

The Company has one class of ordinary share which carry no right to fixed 
income. There are no specific restrictions on the size of the holding nor on 
the transfer of shares, which are both governed by the general provisions 
of the Articles of Association and prevailing legislation. 

Pursuant to an underwriting agreement entered into between the 
Company, directors and employees of the Company, Invesco Perpetual 
and Seneca Investment Managers, the following restrictions applied:

Invesco Perpetual and Seneca Investment Managers was subject to a 
180 day lock-in period in respect of their shareholding from the date of 
admission. This lock-in lapsed on 10 June 2019.

72

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019The non-employee shareholders were subject to a 180 day lock-in period 
from the date of admission in respect of their shareholding at admission 
(but excluding any ordinary shares they purchased pursuant to the 
qualifying offer at admission). This lock-in lapsed on 10 June 2019.

The employee shareholders were subject to a one year lock-in period 
for 100% of their shares and a two year lock-in period in respect of 50% 
of their shares from the date of admission. In the case of Management, 
this lock-in is inclusive of any ordinary shares purchased pursuant to the 
qualifying offer. The one year lock-in will expire on 11 December 2019 and 
the two year lock-in will expire on 11 December 2020.

The Directors are not aware of any agreements between holders of 
the Company’s shares that may result in restrictions on the transfer of 
securities or on voting rights.

The AJ Bell Employee Benefit Trust was established in order to provide 
benefits for the Group’s employees and former employees and certain 
of their relatives. This includes acting as a vehicle for the acquisition and 
holding of a pool of shares to satisfy share awards under the Company’s 
employee share plans. During the reporting period, the Trust purchased 
12,701 shares prior to the share reorganisation discussed within note 22. 
The equivalent number restated for the reorganisation is 122,272 shares. 

Authority to purchase its own shares
The Company is permitted pursuant to the terms of its Articles of 
Association to purchase its own shares subject to shareholder approval. 
The Company will seek authority to purchase its own shares up to an 
aggregate value of 10% of the issued nominal capital. This resolution gives 
the Directors authority to make market purchases of up to 40,873,000 
ordinary shares representing approximately 10% of the Company’s issued 
share capital at 4 December 2019. The authority will expire on the earlier 
of the end of the next AGM after the passing of the proposed resolution 
and 28 February 2021. 

Substantial shareholdings
As at 30 September 2019, the Company had been notified in accordance 
with Chapter 5 of the DTR of the following shareholdings:

Interested party

Andy Bell

Invesco

Fergus Lyons

Number

103,813,095 

54,413,262 

19,623,273 

% of Ordinary 
Shares

25.40

13.31

4.80

Between 30 September 2019 and 4 December 2019 (the latest practicable 
date for inclusion in this report), the Company was notified that Invesco 
had sold 6,540,558 shares taking its interest to an aggregate 47,872,704 
ordinary shares, representing 11.71% of the total voting rights attached 
to the Company’s issued ordinary share capital as at 4 December 2019. 

There is a relationship agreement between Andy Bell and the Company to 
ensure that the independence provisions as set out in the Listing Rules are 
complied with. The Board confirms that for the year ended 30 September 
2019 and in accordance with the Listing Rule 9.8.4(14):

i) 

the Company has complied with the independence provisions 
included in the relationship agreement; and

ii)  so far as the Company is aware, the independence provisions 
included in the relationship agreement have been complied 
with by the other parties to the relationship agreement and 
their associates.

Capital management
The Group is subject to CRD IV requirements and therefore has a 
consolidated regulatory capital requirement. The capital held to meet 
this requirement comprises share capital, share premium and retained 
earnings. The Directors ensure that the level of capital held in the Group:

•  meets the regulatory capital requirements;

•  provides a strong base for ongoing trading activities; and

•  is sufficient to support the Group’s long-term strategy.

The Group’s regulatory capital requirement and details can be found 
under our CRR Part Eight (Pillar 3) disclosures; which can be found on 
the Group’s website at www.ajbell.co.uk. The Group continues to hold 
a significant amount of capital above its regulatory capital requirement.

Country by country reporting
AJ Bell plc is a parent institution of a group regulated by the FCA with 
a subsidiary, AJ Bell Securities Limited, regulated under CRD IV and 
CRR. Regulation requires disclosure of certain financial information on 
a country by country basis. The following table demonstrates how we 
comply with the country by country reporting requirements of CRD IV, by 
showing where the relevant information can be found within the financial 
statements. The Company has taken the exemption permitted under CRD 
IV to provide this information on a consolidated basis.

Jurisdiction

UK

Profit  
(or loss) 
before tax

Cash tax 
paid on 
profit or 
loss

Turnover

See 
income 
statement

See 
income 
statement

See 
statement 
of cash 
flows

Public 
subsidies 
received

None 
received

Number of 
employees

See note 7  
of the 
financial 
statements

Financial instruments and risk management
The risk management objectives and policies of the Group are set out 
within note 24 of the financial statements. 

Political and charitable contributions
During the year the Group made charitable donations of £410,000 
(2018: £142,000). No political contributions were made by the Group 
during the year (2018: Nil). 

Corporate social responsibility
Information about the Group’s approach to the environment including 
details of our greenhouse gas emissions, are set out on pages 22 to 23 of 
the Strategic report.

Disabled employees
Applications for employment by disabled persons are considered 
bearing in mind the aptitude of the applicant concerned. In the event of 
employees becoming disabled every effort is made to ensure that their 
employment with the Group continues and that the appropriate facilities 
and training are arranged. It is the policy of the Group that the training, 
career development and promotion of disabled persons must, as far as 
possible, be identical to that of other employees. 

73

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationDirectors’ Report
continued

Employee consultation
The Group places considerable value on the involvement of its employees 
and has continued to keep them informed on matters affecting them as 
employees and on the various other factors affecting the performance 
of the Group. This is achieved through formal and informal meetings 
and internal publications. Employee representatives are consulted 
regularly on a wide range of matters affecting their current and future 
interests. Employee share schemes have been operated since June 2005. 
These schemes have promoted wider employee involvement in the Group. 

The Directors believe that the incentivisation of senior management 
and key employees by equity participation is an important factor in 
the continuing success of the Group. This policy aligns the interests of 
management with those of the wider shareholder base. 

Internal control
The Board has overall responsibility for the maintenance of the internal 
control system established by the Group and places considerable reliance 
on a strong control environment. However, such a system is designed 
to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business 
objectives. It can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance 
against material misstatement or loss. Compliance with internal 
control procedures is monitored by the Directors through the Risk and 
Compliance Committee and the Audit Committee, which are responsible 
for overseeing the Group’s risk management, compliance and internal 
audit functions.

Market Abuse Regulation
The Company has its own internal dealing rules which apply to all staff 
and which encompass the requirements of the Market Abuse Regulation.

Going Concern and Viability statement
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going 
concern basis. After making enquiries, and considering the Group’s 
financial position, its business model, strategy, financial forecasts and 
regulatory capital together with its principal risks and uncertainties, the 
Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. 
The going concern basis of preparation is discussed within note 2.1 of the 
consolidated financial statements.

In accordance with the provision of C.2.2 of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, the Directors have assessed the viability of the Group over a longer 
period than the 12 months required by the going concern provision. 
Details of the assessment can be found on page 35.

Events after reporting date
Details of significant events since the reporting date are contained in note 
29 to the financial statements. 

Disclosure of information to auditor
Each of the persons who is a Director at the date of approval of this annual 
report confirms that:

•  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of 

which the company’s auditor is unaware; and

•  the Director has taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as 
a Director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the company’s auditor is aware of 
that information.

Auditor
In January 2019, the Company commenced a competitive tender 
process for the appointment of new external auditors. That process was 
supervised by the Audit Committee, who made a recommendation to the 
Board on the appointment of the replacement auditor. 

Following the conclusion of the competitive tender process, the Company 
announced on 25 June 2019 that the Board had approved the proposed 
appointment of BDO LLP as the Company’s auditor for the financial year 
ending on 30 September 2020. The appointment remains subject to 
approval by shareholders at the AGM to be held on 22 January 2020, and 
should the resolution be passed, the appointment will take effect from the 
conclusion of that meeting. 

KPMG LLP were reappointed as the auditor by shareholders at the 2018 
AGM and will cease to hold office with effect from the conclusion of the 
AGM on 22 January 2020. 

Approved by the Board on 4 December 2019 and signed on its behalf by:

Christopher Bruce Robinson 
Company Secretary

4 Exchange Quay 
Salford Quays 
Manchester 
M5 3EE

74

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Strategic report, the 
Directors’ report and the Group and Parent Company financial statements 
in accordance with applicable law and regulations. 

Each of the Directors, whose names and responsibilities are listed 
in the Corporate Governance report, confirms that, to the best of 
their knowledge:

The Group and Parent Company financial statements, which have been 
prepared in accordance with the applicable set of accounting standards, 
give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and 
profit or loss of the Parent Company and the undertakings included in the 
Group taken as a whole; and

The Strategic report and the financial statements include a fair review of 
the development and performance of the business and the position of 
the Group and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a 
whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties 
that they face.

We consider the Annual Report and Financial Statements, taken as a 
whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy. 

Approved by the Board on 4 December 2019 and signed on its behalf by:

Christopher Bruce Robinson 
Company Secretary

4 Exchange Quay 
Salford Quays 
Manchester 
M5 3EE

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and Parent 
Company financial statements for each financial year. Under that law they 
have elected to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the 
European Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU) and applicable law and 
have elected to prepare the Parent Company financial statements 
in accordance with UK accounting standards and applicable law (UK 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice), including FRS 101 Reduced 
Disclosure Framework. 

Under Company law the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of 
the state of affairs of the Group and Parent Company and of their profit or 
loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group and Parent Company 
financial statements, the Directors are required to: 

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 

•  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant, reliable 

and prudent; 

•  for the Group financial statements, state whether they have been 

prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU; 

•  for the Parent Company financial statements, state whether applicable 
UK accounting standards have been followed, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements;

•  assess the Group and Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going 

concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and 

•  use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to 
liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or 
have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Parent Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Parent Company and enable them to ensure that 
its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are 
responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary 
to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and have general 
responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to 
safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and 
other irregularities. 

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

75

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationFinancial  
statements

78 
Independent Auditor’s report
83  Consolidated income statement
84	 Consolidated	statement	of	financial	position
85  Consolidated statement of changes in equity
86	 Consolidated	statement	of	cash	flows
87	 Notes	to	the	consolidated	financial	statements
113	 Company	statement	of	financial	position
114  Company statement of changes in equity
115	 Notes	to	the	Company	financial	statements

76

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 201977

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Independent Auditor’s report to the members of AJ Bell plc

1. Our opinion is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements of AJ Bell plc (“the Company”) 
for the year ended 30 September 2019 which comprise the consolidated 
income statement, consolidated and Company statement of financial 
position, consolidated and Company statement of changes in equity, 
consolidated statement of cash flows and the related notes, including the 
accounting policies in note 2.

In our opinion:
•  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the 

Group’s and of the parent Company’s affairs as at 30 September 2019 
and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

•  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as 
adopted by the European Union;

•  the parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared 

in accordance with UK accounting standards, including FRS 101 
Reduced Disclosure Framework; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group 
financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

described below. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained 
is a sufficient and appropriate basis for our opinion. Our audit opinion is 
consistent with our report to the audit committee.

We were first appointed as auditor by the directors on 22nd May 2009. 
The period of total uninterrupted engagement is for the 11 financial years 
ended 30 September 2019. We have fulfilled our ethical responsibilities 
under, and we remain independent of the Group in accordance with, UK 
ethical requirements including the FRC Ethical Standard as applied to 
listed public interest entities. No non-audit services prohibited by that 
standard were provided.

Overview

Materiality: group 
financial statements 
as a whole

Coverage

Key audit matters

Event driven

£1.6m (2018: £1.4m)

4.2% (2018: 4.9%) of Profit before tax

100% (2018: 100%) of group profit before tax

vs 2018

Group: The impact of 
uncertainties due to the UK 
exiting the European Union

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on 
Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities are 

Recurring risks

Group: Revenue recognition

Parent company: Investment in 
Subsidiaries

2. Key audit matters: including our assessment of risks of material misstatement
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements and include 
the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by us, including those which had the greatest effect 
on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. We summarise below the key 
audit matters in arriving at our audit opinion above, together with our key audit procedures to address those matters and, as required for public interest 
entities, our results from those procedures. These matters were addressed, and our results are based on procedures undertaken, in the context of, and 
solely for the purpose of, our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon,and consequently are incidental to that 
opinion, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

The impact of uncertainties due 
to the UK exiting the European 
Union on our audit
Refer to page 30 (principal risks 
and uncertainties) and page 35 
(viability statement).

78

The risk

Our response

Unprecedented levels of uncertainty
All audits assess and challenge the 
reasonableness of estimates, in 
particular as described in Recoverability 
of parent company’s investment in 
subsidiary below, and related disclosures 
and the appropriateness of the going 
concern basis of preparation of the 
financial statements. All of these depend 
on assessments of the future economic 
environment and the group’s future 
prospects and performance.

In addition, we are required to consider 
the other information presented in the 
Annual Report including the principal 
risks disclosure and the viability 
statement and to consider the directors’ 
statement that the annual report and 
financial statements taken as a whole is 
fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary  
for shareholders to assess the Group’s 
position and performance, business 
model and strategy.

We developed a standardised firm-wide approach to the 
consideration of the uncertainties arising from Brexit in planning 
and performing our audits. Our procedures included:

Our Brexit knowledge
 – We considered the directors’ assessment of Brexit-related sources 
of risk for the group’s business and financial resources compared 
with our own understanding of the risks. We considered the 
directors’ plans to take action to mitigate the risks.

Sensitivity analysis
 – When addressing Revenue and Investments in subsidiary and 

other areas that depend on forecasts, we compared the directors’ 
analysis to our assessment of the full range of reasonably possible 
scenarios resulting from Brexit uncertainty and, where forecast 
cash flows are required to be discounted, considered adjustments 
to discount rates for the level of remaining uncertainty.

Assessing transparency 
 – As well as assessing individual disclosures as part of our 
procedures on Revenue and Investment in subsidiary we 
considered all of the Brexit related disclosures together, including 
those in the strategic report, comparing the over all picture 
against our understanding of the risks.

Our results
 – As reported under Recoverability of parent company’s investment 

Brexit is one of the most significant 
economic events for the UK and at the 
date of this report its effects are subject 
to unprecedented levels of uncertainty of 
outcomes, with the full range of possible 
effects unknown.

in subsidiary we found the resulting estimates and related 
disclosures of Recoverability of parent company’s investment 
in subsidiary and disclosures in relation to going concern to be 
acceptable. However, no audit should be expected to predict 
the unknowable factors or all possible future implications for a 
company and this is particularly the case in relation to Brexit.

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Revenue
(£104.9 million; 2018: £89.7 million)

Refer to page 91 (accounting policy) 
and page 95 (financial disclosures).

The risk

Revenue recognition:
Revenue may be misstated due to 
errors in IT application calculations or in 
manual processes.

Revenue calculations place reliance on 
the amount or value of customer assets 
under administration recorded in the 
IT applications.

Due to the variety and complexity 
of transaction types, assets under 
administration and fee schedules there 
is a risk inappropriate changes to data 
recorded in the IT application could lead 
to a misstatement.

Our response

Our procedures included:

Control design, operation and observation
 – We engaged IT specialists to perform work over general IT controls 
and specific IT application controls relevant to the recognition of 
revenue, such as the calculation of recurring fixed, ad valorem and 
transactional fees.

 – We identified and tested the operating effectiveness of controls 
which support the accuracy of the underlying data used in the 
calculation of revenue.

Re-performance
 – To address the risk identified in IT application calculations we 

independently re-calculated the revenue recognised on custody 
fees, based on data extracted from the administration system.

 – In order to rely on the data extract we sample tested relevant 
data characteristics back to supporting documentation such 
as external custodian confirmations to allow us to rely on its 
accuracy and completeness. We agreed the fee rate charged to 
customer terms and conditions.

Tests of details
 – We agreed 100% of pension administration revenue on a line by 

line basis to bank statements.

 – We agreed 100% of retained interest income earned on cash 

deposits to bank statements, along with the relevant interest rate 
expected on each account.

 – On a sample basis we agreed transactional fees to bank 

statements and customer account records.

 – The remaining revenue was sampled and agreed to supporting 

documentation.

Our results
 – The results of our testing were satisfactory and we considered the 
revenue recognised to be acceptable (2018 result: acceptable).

Recoverability of parent 
company’s investment in 
subsidiary
(£2.4 million; 2018: £1.8 million)

Refer to page 115 (accounting policy) 
and page 116 (financial disclosures).

Forecast-based valuation
The carrying amount of the parent 
company’s investments in a subsidiary is 
significant and at risk of irrecoverability. 
The estimated recoverable amount of 
this balance is subjective due to the 
inherent uncertainty in forecasting 
trading conditions and cash flows used 
in the budgets.

The effect of these matters is that, as part 
of our risk assessment, we determined 
that the recoverable amount of the cost 
of investment in subsidiary has a high 
degree of estimation uncertainty, with a 
potential range of reasonable outcomes 
greater than our materiality for the 
financial statements  
as a whole. The financial statements 
(note 3)  
disclose the sensitivity estimated by 
the Parent.

Our procedures included:

Benchmarking assumptions
 – Challenging the assumptions used in the cash flows included 
in the budgets based on our knowledge of the Group and the 
markets in which the subsidiary operates;

Historical comparisons
 – Assessing the reasonableness of the budgets by considering the 

historical accuracy of the previous forecasts;

Our sector experience
 – Evaluating the current level of trading, including identifying any 
indications of a downturn in activity, by examining the post year 
end management accounts and considering our knowledge of the 
Group and the market; and

Assessing transparency
 – Assessing the adequacy of the parent company’s disclosures in 

respect of the investment in subsidiary.

Our results
 – We found the group’s assessment of the investment in subsidiary 

to be acceptable (2018: acceptable).

79

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Independent Auditor’s report to the members of AJ Bell plc
continued

3. Our application of materiality and an overview of 
the scope of our audit
Materiality for the group financial statements as a whole was set at £1.6m, 
determined with reference to a benchmark of group profit before tax of 
£37.7m of which it represents 4.2% (2018: 4.9%).

Materiality for the parent company financial statements as a whole was 
set at £0.55m (2018: £0.3m), determined with reference to a benchmark of 
profit before tax, of which it represents 4.2% (2018: 4.9%). The reduction in 
the percentage of the benchmark used in the current year for both parent 
and group is due to the listing of the parent company near the start of the 
current period and is in line with guidelines for appropriate percentages 
for listed entities.

We agreed to report to the Audit Committee any corrected or uncorrected 
identified misstatements exceeding £70k, in addition to other identified 
misstatements that warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

Of the group’s 1 (2018:1) reporting component, we subjected 1 (2018: 1) to 
full scope audit for group purposes. The component within the scope of 
our work accounted for the percentages illustrated opposite.

Profit before tax
£37.7m (2018: £28.4m)

Group Materiality
£1.6m (2018: £1.4m)

£1.6m
Whole financial statements 
materiality (2018: £1.4m)
£1.3m
Performance materiality 
(2018: £1.0m)

Key

Profit before tax
Group materiality

£70k
Misstatements reported to the 
audit committee 
(2018: £0.7m)

The work on the component (2018: all of the component) was performed 
by the Group team.

Group revenue

Group profit before tax

0

0

100%
(2018: 100%)

100

100

0

0

100%
(2018: 100%)

100

100

Group total assets

Group profit before exceptional 
items and tax

0

0

100%
(2018: 100%)

100

100

0

0

100%
(2018: 100%)

100

100

Key

Full scope for group audit purposes 2019
Full scope for group audit purposes 2018

80

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019 
 
 
 
4. We have nothing to report on going concern
The Directors have prepared the financial statements on the going 
concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate the Company or the 
Group or to cease their operations, and as they have concluded that the 
Company’s and the Group’s financial position means that this is realistic. 
They have also concluded that there are no material uncertainties that 
could have cast significant doubt over their ability to continue as a going 
concern for at least a year from the date of approval of the financial 
statements (“the going concern period”).

Our responsibility is to conclude on the appropriateness of the Directors’ 
conclusions and, had there been a material uncertainty related to going 
concern, to make reference to that in this audit report. However, as we 
cannot predict all future events or conditions and as subsequent events 
may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with judgements that were 
reasonable at the time they were made, the absence of reference to a 
material uncertainty in this auditor’s report is not a guarantee that the 
Group and the Company will continue in operation.

In our evaluation of the Directors’ conclusions, we considered the inherent 
risks to the Group’s and Company’s business model and analysed how 
those risks might affect the Group’s and Company’s financial resources 
or ability to continue operations over the going concern period. The risks 
that we considered most likely to adversely affect the Group’s and 
Company’s available financial resources over this period were:

•  Changes in UK savings tax legislation; and

•  Falls in either the Bank of England base rate or capital markets, which 

may or may not be impacted by a disorderly Brexit.

As these were risks that could potentially cast significant doubt on the 
Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, we 
considered sensitivities over the level of available financial resources 
indicated by the Group’s financial forecasts taking account of reasonably 
possible (but not unrealistic) adverse effects that could arise from these 
risks individually and collectively and evaluated the achievability of the 
actions the Directors consider they would take to improve the position 
should the risks materialise. We also considered less predictable but 
realistic second order impacts, such as the impact of Brexit in terms of the 
erosion of customer or supplier confidence, which could result in a rapid 
reduction of available financial resources.

Based on this work, we are required to report to you if:

•  we have anything material to add or draw attention to in relation to the 
directors’ statement in Note 2 to the financial statements on the use of 
the going concern basis of accounting with no material uncertainties 
that may cast significant doubt over the Group and Company’s use 
of that basis for a period of at least twelve months from the date of 
approval of the financial statements; or

•  the related statement under the Listing Rules set out on page 74 is 

materially inconsistent with our audit knowledge.

We have nothing to report in these respects, and we did not identify going 
concern as a key audit matter.

5. We have nothing to report on the other information 
in the Annual Report
The directors are responsible for the other information presented in 
the Annual Report together with the financial statements. Our opinion 
on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except as explicitly 
stated below, any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether, based on our financial statements audit work, the 
information therein is materially misstated or inconsistent with the 
financial statements or our audit knowledge. Based solely on that work 
we have not identified material misstatements in the other information.

Strategic report and directors’ report
Based solely on our work on the other information:

•  we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report 

and the directors’ report;

•  in our opinion the information given in those reports for the financial 

year is consistent with the financial statements; and

•  in our opinion those reports have been prepared in accordance with the 

Companies Act 2006.

Directors’ remuneration report
In our opinion the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be 
audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies 
Act 2006.

Disclosures of principal risks and longer-term viability
Based on the knowledge we acquired during our financial statements 
audit, we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

•  the directors’ confirmation within the viability statement page 35 that 
they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing 
the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, 
future performance, solvency and liquidity;

•  the Principal Risks disclosures describing these risks and explaining how 

they are being managed and mitigated; and

•  the directors’ explanation in the viability statement of how they have 

assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period they have done 
so and why they considered that period to be appropriate, and their 
statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the 
Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities 
as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any 
related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications 
or assumptions.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the viability statement. 
We have nothing to report in this respect.

Our work is limited to assessing these matters in the context of only 
the knowledge acquired during our financial statements audit. As we 
cannot predict all future events or conditions and as subsequent events 
may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with judgments that were 
reasonable at the time they were made, the absence of anything to report 
on these statements is not a guarantee as to the Group’s and Company’s 
longer-term viability.

Corporate governance disclosures
We are required to report to you if:

•  we have identified material inconsistencies between the knowledge 
we acquired during our financial statements audit and the directors’ 
statement that they consider that the annual report and financial 
statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy; or

81

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Independent Auditor’s report to the members of AJ Bell plc 
continued

Firstly, the Group is subject to laws and regulations that directly affect the 
financial statements including financial reporting legislation (including 
related companies legislation), distributable profits legislation and 
taxation legislation and we assessed the extent of compliance with these 
laws and regulations as part of our procedures on the related financial 
statement items.

Secondly, the Group is subject to many other laws and regulations where 
the consequences of non-compliance could have a material effect on 
amounts or disclosures in the financial statements, for instance through 
the imposition of fines or litigation. We identified the following areas as 
those most likely to have such an effect: regulatory capital and liquidity 
and certain aspects of company legislation recognising the financial and 
regulated nature of the Group’s activities. Auditing standards limit the 
required audit procedures to identify non-compliance with these laws 
and regulations to enquiry of the directors and other management and 
inspection of regulatory and legal correspondence, if any. Through these 
procedures, we became aware of actual or suspected non-compliance 
and considered the effect as part of our procedures on the related 
financial statement items. The identified actual or suspected non-
compliance was not sufficiently significant to our audit to result in our 
response being identified as a key audit matter.

Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable 
risk that we may not have detected some material misstatements in 
the financial statements, even though we have properly planned and 
performed our audit in accordance with auditing standards. For example, 
the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations 
(irregularities) is from the events and transactions reflected in the 
financial statements, the less likely the inherently limited procedures 
required by auditing standards would identify it. In addition, as with any 
audit, there remained a higher risk of non-detection of irregularities, 
as these may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, 
misrepresentations, or the override of internal controls. We are not 
responsible for preventing non-compliance and cannot be expected to 
detect non-compliance with all laws and regulations.

8. The purpose of our audit work and to whom we owe 
our responsibilities
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, 
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the 
Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an 
auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted 
by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than 
the Company and the Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, 
for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Alexander Simpson 
Senior Statutory Auditor

for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor

Chartered Accountants
1 St Peter’s Square
Manchester
M2 3AE

•  the section of the annual report describing the work of the Audit 

Committee does not appropriately address matters communicated by 
us to the Audit Committee.

•  we are required to report to you if the Corporate Governance Statement 
does not properly disclose a departure from the eleven provisions of 
the UK Corporate Governance Code specified by the Listing Rules for 
our review.

We have nothing to report in these respects.

6. We have nothing to report on the other matters on 
which we are required to report by exception
Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report to you if, in 
our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent 

Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 
branches not visited by us; or

•  the parent Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ 

Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the 
accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not 

made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for 

our audit.

We have nothing to report in these respects.

7. Respective responsibilities
Directors’ responsibilities
As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 75, the directors 
are responsible for: the preparation of the financial statements including 
being satisfied that they give a true and fair view; such internal control 
as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error; assessing the Group and parent Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to 
going concern; and using the going concern basis of accounting unless 
they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to 
cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the 
financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or other irregularities (see below), or error, and to 
issue our opinion in an auditor’s report. Reasonable assurance is a high 
level of assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement 
when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud, other irregularities 
or error and are considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they 
could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of 
users taken on the basis of the financial statements.

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the FRC’s website 
at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.

Irregularities – ability to detect
We identified areas of laws and regulations that could reasonably be 
expected to have a material effect on the financial statements from our 
general commercial and sector experience and through discussion with 
the directors and other management (as required by auditing standards), 
and from inspection of the Group’s regulatory and legal correspondence 
and discussed with the directors and other management the policies 
and procedures regarding compliance with laws and regulations. 
We communicated identified laws and regulations throughout our team 
and remained alert to any indications of non-compliance throughout the 
audit. The potential effect of these laws and regulations on the financial 
statements varies considerably.

82

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Consolidated income statement
for the year ended 30 September 2019

Revenue

Administrative expenses

Operating profit

Investment income

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Tax expense

Profit for the year

Profit for the financial year attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent company

Earnings per share:

Basic (pence)

Diluted (pence)

Note

5

6

8

9

11

11

2019 
£000

104,902

(67,493)

37,409

328

(42)

37,695

(7,342)

30,353

2018 
£000

89,691

(61,435)

28,256

128

(25)

28,359

(5,713)

22,646

30,353

22,646

7.51

7.47

5.76

5.63

All revenue, profit and earnings are in respect of continuing operations.

There were no other components of recognised income or expense in either period and consequently no statement of other comprehensive income has 
been presented.

The notes on pages 87 to 112 form an integral part of these financial statements.

83

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Consolidated statement of financial position
as at 30 September 2019

Assets

Non-current assets

Goodwill

Other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax asset

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Current tax liabilities

Other financial liabilities

Provisions

Non-current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Other financial liabilities

Provisions

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Share capital

Share premium

Own shares

Retained earnings

Total equity

Note

2019 
£000

2018 
£000

12

13

14

16

17

18

19

20

21

19

20

21

22

3,660

2,453

4,062

1,094

11,269

22,954

69,067

92,021

103,290

(9,965)

(2,804)

(338)

(1,095)

(14,202)

(1,241)

(234)

(1,550)

(3,025)

(17,227)

86,063

51

7,667

(1,147)

79,492

86,063

3,660

3,124

4,433

372

11,589

20,075

49,695

69,770

81,359

(11,438)

(2,491)

(300)

(1,282)

(15,511)

(603)

(431)

(778)

(1,812)

(17,323)

64,036

42

4,410

(1,364)

60,948

64,036

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 4 December 2019 and signed on its behalf by:

Michael Summersgill
Chief Financial Officer

AJ Bell plc
Company registered number: 04503206

The notes on pages 87 to 112 form an integral part of these financial statements.

84

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Share  
premium 
£000

4,410

–

–

Retained 
earnings 
£000

60,948

78

172

Own  
shares 
£000

(1,364)

–

–

Total  
equity 
£000

64,036

78

172

4,410

61,198

(1,364)

64,286

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 30 September 2019

Balance at 30 September 2018

Adjustments on initial application of IFRS 9

Adjustments on initial application of IFRS 15

Balance at 1 October 2018 – as restated

Total comprehensive income for the year:

Profit for the year

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity:

Issue of shares

Settlement of part-paid shares

Bonus issue

Dividends paid

Equity settled share-based payment transactions

Deferred tax effect of share-based payments

Tax relief on exercise of share options

Purchase of own share capital

Share transfer to employees

Own shares acquired

Total transactions with owners

Balance at 30 September 2019

Balance at 1 October 2017

Total comprehensive income for the year:

Profit for the year

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity:

Issue of shares

Settlement of part-paid shares

Dividends paid

Equity settled share-based payment transactions

Deferred tax effect of share-based payments

Tax relief on exercise of share options

Purchase of own share capital

Own shares acquired

Total transactions with owners

Balance at 30 September 2018

Share  
capital 
£000

42

–

–

42

–

–

1

9

–

–

–

–

(1)

–

–

9

51

–

30,353

1,081

2,185

(9)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(14,938)

1,100

663

1,383

–

(267)

–

3,257

7,667

(12,059)

79,492

Share  
capital 
£000

40

Share  
premium 
£000

2,806

Retained 
earnings 
£000

58,516

–

1

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

2

42

–

22,646

1,291

313

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(20,095)

112

51

128

(410)

–

1,604

4,410

(20,214)

60,948

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

267

(50)

217

(1,147)

Own  
shares 
£000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1,364)

(1,364)

(1,364)

30,353

1,081

2,186

–

(14,938)

1,100

663

1,383

(1)

–

(50)

(8,576)

86,063

Total  
equity 
£000

61,362

22,646

1,292

314

(20,095)

112

51

128

(410)

(1,364)

(19,972)

64,036

85

The notes on pages 87 to 112 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Note

2019 
£000

2018 
£000

30,353

22,646

(328)

42

7,342

2,110

1,100

1,223

4

(2,626)

(1,473)

37,747

(42)

(5,704)

32,001

–

(858)

324

(534)

(373)

1,081

2,186

(1)

(50)

(14,938)

(12,095)

19,372

49,695

69,067

(128)

25

5,713

1,971

112

108

11

2,137

1,323

33,918

(25)

(5,045)

28,848

(6)

(951)

128

(829)

(199)

1,292

314

(410)

(1,364)

(20,095)

(20,462)

7,557

42,138

49,695

13

14

26

10

18

18

Consolidated statement of cash flows
for the year ended 30 September 2019

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit for the financial year

Adjustments for:

Investment income

Finance costs

Income tax expense

Depreciation and amortisation

Share-based payment expense

Net increase in provisions and other payables

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

(Increase) / decrease in trade and other receivables

(Decrease) / increase in trade and other payables

Cash generated from operations

Interest paid

Income tax paid

Net cash from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of other intangible assets

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Interest received

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Payments of obligations under finance leases and hire purchase contracts

Proceeds from issue of share capital

Proceeds from settlement of part-paid shares

Payments for purchase of own shares

Purchase of own shares for employee share schemes

Dividends paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Total cash and cash equivalents at end of year

The notes on pages 87 to 112 form an integral part of these financial statements.

86

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 30 September 2019

1 General information
AJ Bell plc (formerly AJ Bell Holdings Limited) (the ‘Company’) is the Parent Company of the AJ Bell group of companies (together the ‘Group’). 
The Group provides investment administration, dealing and custody services. The nature of the Group’s operations and its principal activities are set 
out in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report.

The Company is a public limited company which is listed on the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange and incorporated and domiciled in 
the United Kingdom. The Company’s number is 04503206 and the registered office is 4 Exchange Quay, Salford Quays, Manchester, M5 3EE. A list of 
investments in subsidiaries, including the name, country of incorporation, registered office, and proportion of ownership is given in note 6 of the 
Company’s separate financial statements.

On 12 December 2018 the Company was admitted to the premium listing segment of the Official List of the Main Market for listed securities of London 
Stock Exchange plc.

The consolidated financial statements for the Company and its subsidiaries were approved by the Board on 4 December 2019.

2 Significant accounting policies
Basis of accounting
The consolidated financial statements of AJ Bell plc have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as 
adopted by the European Union (EU), IFRIC interpretations and those parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS.

The financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis and prepared on a going concern basis. They are presented in sterling, which is the 
currency of the primary economic environment in which the Group operates, rounded to the nearest thousand.

The accounting policies have been applied consistently to all periods presented in these financial statements and by all Group entities, unless 
otherwise stated.

Changes to International Reporting Standards
Interpretations and standards which became effective during the year:
The following accounting standards and interpretations that are relevant to the Group became effective during the year:

IFRS 9

IFRS 15

Financial Instruments

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

Effective for 
periods 
commencing

1 Jan 2018

1 Jan 2018

The Group applies IFRS 9 and IFRS 15 for the first time and the impact of the adoption of these standards is disclosed below. The remaining new 
standards have not had a material impact on the financial statements of the Group.

The following amendments and interpretations are effective for the first time for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018 but have not had a 
material effect on the Group and so have not been discussed in detail in the notes to the financial statements:

IFRS 2

IFRIC 22

IFRS 1

Share-Based Payments (amendments)

Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration

Annual Improvements to IFRSs: 2014-2016 cycle (IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of IFRS, IFRS 12 Disclosures of interest in Other Entities and 
IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures)

IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments
The Group has applied IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (IFRS 9) and the related amendments in the current period. IFRS 9 replaces IAS 39 Financial 
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (IAS 39) for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018. IFRS 9 introduces new requirements for:

i) classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities
ii) impairment for financial assets
iii) hedge accounting

Classification and measurement
The basis of classification for financial assets under IFRS 9 has changed from those of IAS 39. Under IFRS 9 financial assets are classified as; amortised 
cost, fair value through profit or loss, or fair value through other comprehensive income, which replace the categories of available-for-sale, loans and 
receivables and held to maturity. An assessment of the classification of financial assets has been undertaken, taking into account both the business 
model within which the asset is held and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the asset.

87

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

2 Significant accounting policies continued
The following table shows the original measurement categories under IAS 39 and the new measurement categories under IFRS 9 for each class of the 
Group’s financial assets as at 1 October 2018. The effect of adopting IFRS 9 on the carrying amounts of financial assets at 1 October 2018 relates solely to 
the new impairment requirements.

Financial assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Original classification  
under IAS 39

New 
classification 
under IFRS 9

Original carrying 
amount under 
IAS 39
£000

New carrying 
amount under 
IFRS 9
£000

Loans and receivables Amortised cost

Cash and cash equivalents Amortised cost

20,075

49,695

20,153

49,695

The Group’s financial assets consist of trade and other receivables and cash and cash equivalents. The cash flows arising on these assets are solely 
payments of principal and interest and therefore continue to be recognised at amortised cost on transition. 

The classification and measurement of financial liabilities remains unchanged from IAS 39, therefore there has been no impact on the Group’s financial 
liabilities on adoption of the new standard.

Impairment of financial assets
IFRS 9 replaces the ‘incurred-loss’ model in IAS 39 with a forward looking ‘expected credit loss’ (ECL) model. ECLs are based on the difference between 
the contractual cash flows due in accordance with the contract and all the cash flows that the Group expects to receive. The expected credit loss 
model requires the Group to account for credit losses and changes in those expected credit losses at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit 
risk since initial recognition of the financial assets. Essentially this means that it is not necessary for a credit event to have occurred before credit losses 
are recognised.

A large proportion of trade receivables relate to outstanding fees from individual customers who hold asset balances far exceeding the value of their 
outstanding fees. Outstanding fees may be recovered through the sale of assets, therefore the expected loss relating to these balances is not material.

The Group has applied the IFRS 9 simplified approach in respect of financial assets without this type of collateral and has calculated ECLs based on 
lifetime expected credit losses.

As a result of adopting the expected credit loss model, the loss allowance for trade receivables on 1 October 2018 is as follows:

Opening loss allowance – calculated under IAS 39

Amounts restated through opening retained earnings

Opening loss allowance – calculated under IFRS 9

£000

463

(78)

385

Hedge accounting
IFRS 9 incorporates new hedge accounting requirements. The Group does not carry out, and does not intend to carry out, any material hedging 
activities which would be accounted for in accordance with IFRS 9.

Transition impact
The date of initial application is 1 October 2018. The Group has elected not to restate comparatives, and to recognise the impact of the new accounting 
requirements in opening retained earnings on the date of adoption in accordance with the transitional provisions in IFRS 9 (7.2.15) and (7.2.26). 
Accordingly the comparatives presented do not reflect the accounting requirements of IFRS 9 but rather those of IAS 39.

On application of IFRS 9 the Group has recognised an increase in retained earnings and a corresponding decrease in the provision for trade receivables 
following the introduction of a new expected credit loss impairment model. The total impact on the Group’s retained earnings as at 1 October 2018 is 
as follows:

Opening retained earnings IAS 39

Decrease in provision for trade receivables 

Total adjustment to retained earnings from adoption of IFRS 9

Opening retained earnings IFRS 9

There has been no material impact on the income statement.

£000

60,948

78

78

61,026

IFRS 15: Revenue from Contracts with Customers
The Group has applied IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (IFRS 15) and the related amendments in the current period. IFRS 15 replaces 
IAS 18 Revenue (IAS 18), IAS 11 Construction Contracts (IAS 11) and related interpretations for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018.

88

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019IFRS 15 changes how and when revenue is recognised from contracts with customers and the treatment of the costs of obtaining a contract with a 
customer. The new standard is based on the principle that revenue is recognised when control of goods or services transfer to the customer. IFRS 15 
establishes a comprehensive framework for determining how much revenue should be recognised and when.

IFRS 15 establishes a more systematic approach for revenue measurement and recognition by introducing a five-step revenue recognition model. 
The five-step model includes: 1) identifying the contract with the customer, 2) identifying each of the performance obligations included in the contract, 
3) determining the amount of consideration in the contract, 4) allocating the consideration to each of the identified performance obligations and 5) 
recognising revenue as each performance obligation is satisfied.

Impact on revenue recognition
The Group performed an assessment to determine the impact of the new standard on the Group’s statement of financial position and performance.

It considered the five-step model prescribed by the standard, taking into account the different types of contracts it has with its customers, the 
corresponding types of services provided to customers and when these performance obligations are satisfied. The assessment concluded that the 
accounting treatment for the majority of revenue streams remains unchanged, except for annual pension administration fees for certain products and 
cash incentives for acquiring new customers. The application of IFRS 15 required the acceleration of certain annual pension administration fees and the 
deferral of others due to the charging mechanism and timing of satisfying the performance obligations. Under IFRS 15, cash incentives for acquiring new 
customers should be recognised as a reduction of the transaction price, and therefore of revenue, whereas previously these incentives were considered 
to be an operating cost.

Transition impact
The Group has adopted IFRS 15 using the cumulative effect method (without practical expedients) with the effect of initially applying this standard 
recognised at the date of the initial application, i.e. 1 October 2018. The Group has elected not to restate comparatives, and to recognise the impact of 
the new accounting requirements in opening retained earnings on the date of adoption in accordance with the transitional provisions in IFRS 15 (C3(b)). 
Accordingly the comparatives presented do not reflect the accounting requirements of IFRS 15 but rather those of IAS 18.

The following table summarises the impact on the Group’s retained earnings as at 1 October 2018:

Opening retained earnings IAS 18

Increase in deferred income

Increase in deferred cash incentives

Increase in accrued income

Total adjustment to retained earnings from adoption of IFRS 15

Opening retained earnings IFRS 15

£000

60,948

(192)

93

271

172

61,120

The impact on the income statement for the year is a reduction in revenue of £145,000.

Interpretations and standards which have been issued and are not yet effective:
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements the following standards and interpretations have been issued but are not yet effective and 
have not been applied in preparing the financial statements.

IFRS 16

IFRIC 23

Leases

Uncertainty over income tax treatments

IAS 1 and IAS 8

Definition of Material

Effective for 
periods 
commencing

1 Jan 2019

1 Jan 2019

1 Jan 2020

There are no other standards issued but not yet effective that are expected to have an impact on the Group in the current or future reporting periods 
and on foreseeable future transactions.

IFRS 16 – Leases
The Group is required to adopt IFRS 16 Leases from 1 October 2019.

IFRS 16 introduces a single accounting model for lessees and eliminates the classification of leases as either operating or finance leases. The Group has 
elected to take advantage of the exemptions for short-term leases and leases of low-value items.

The Group will recognise right-of-use assets and associated lease liabilities in respect of the Group’s various leasehold offices in the statement of 
financial position. The right-of-use asset will be depreciated over the shorter of the expected life of the asset and the lease term on a straight-line basis, 
recognised in the income statement. The lease liability will be reduced by the lease payments over the lease term with interest being recognised on 
the lease liability and charged to the income statement. Depreciation and interest charges will replace the lease costs currently charged to the income 
statement. Higher interest charges will be recognised in the earlier years of the lease and lower in later years as the liability is reduced.

89

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

2 Significant accounting policies continued
The Group intends to apply the simplified transition approach and will not restate comparative amounts for the year prior to first adoption.

At transition, lease liabilities will be measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted at the Group’s incremental borrowing rate as at 
1 October 2019. Right-of-use assets will be measured at their carrying amount as if IFRS 16 had been applied since the commencement date, discounted using the 
lessee’s incremental borrowing rate at the date of application. Therefore the cumulative effect of adopting IFRS 16 will be recognised as an adjustment to opening 
retained earnings at 1 October 2019 and no restatement of comparatives.

On transition to IFRS 16, the Group estimates that it will recognise right-of-use assets of £16m and lease liabilities of £18m. This is subject to change until the Group 
presents its first full financial statements that include the date of application i.e. 1 October 2019.

The Group will take advantage of the practical expedient to apply a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with similar characteristics when applying IFRS 16 
to leases previously classified as operating leases under IAS 17.

IFRIC 23 – Uncertainty over income tax treatments
IFRIC 23 clarifies how to recognise and measure current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities when there is uncertainty over income tax treatments 
under IAS 12 and is effective for accounting periods commencing on or after 1 January 2019. It is anticipated this clarification update will not have an impact on 
the Group on application.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled by the Company (its subsidiaries) made up 
to 30 September each year. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or it has rights to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has 
the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The Group reassesses whether it controls an entity if facts and circumstances indicate there 
are changes to one or more elements of control. The results of a subsidiary undertaking are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date the 
control commences until the date that control ceases.

All intercompany transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

2.1 Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together with its financial position and the factors likely to affect its future development and performance are set out in the 
Strategic report on pages 4 to 35 and the Directors’ report on pages 72 to 74. Note 24 includes the Group’s policies and processes for managing exposure to credit 
and liquidity risk. The Group’s forecasts and objectives, taking into account a number of potential changes in trading performance, show that the Group should 
be able to operate at adequate levels of both liquidity and capital for the foreseeable future. The Directors have performed a number of stress tests on capital and 
liquidity and these provide assurance that the Group has sufficient capital to operate under stressed conditions.

Consequently, after making reasonable enquiries, the Directors are satisfied that the Group has sufficient resources to continue in business for the foreseeable 
future and therefore have continued to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

2.2 Business combinations
A business combination is recognised where separate entities or businesses have been acquired by the Group. The acquisition method of accounting is used 
to account for the business combinations made by the Group. The cost of a business combination is measured at the aggregate of the fair values (at the date of 
exchange), of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed and equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquired entity. Where the 
consideration includes a contingent consideration arrangement, the contingent consideration is measured at its acquisition date fair value and included as part 
of the cost of the acquisition. Subsequent changes in such fair values are adjusted against the cost of acquisition where they qualify as measurement period 
adjustments. All other subsequent changes in the fair value of contingent consideration are charged to income statement or other comprehensive income, except 
for obligations that are classified as equity, which are not re-measured.

Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred in the income statement, except if related to the issue of debt or equity securities.

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in the business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the 
acquisition date. The excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If this is 
less than the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets of the subsidiary acquired, the difference is taken immediately to the income statement.

2.3 Goodwill
Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the difference between the consideration transferred and the fair value of net assets acquired of the subsidiary 
at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortised, but is reviewed at least annually for impairment. Any impairment is recognised immediately through the 
income statement and is not subsequently reversed.

For the purposes of impairment testing goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to the cash generating unit (CGU) expecting to benefit from the 
synergies of the combination. CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated are reviewed annually or more frequently when there is an indication that the goodwill 
relating to that CGU may have been impaired. If the recoverable amount from the CGU is less than the carrying amount of the assets present on the consolidated 
statement of financial position forming that CGU, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the assets 
forming that CGU and then to the assets of the CGU pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the CGU.

On disposal of a subsidiary, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

90

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 20192.4 Segmental reporting
The Group determines and presents operating segments based on the information that is provided internally to the Board, which is the Group’s Chief Operating 
Decision Maker (CODM). In assessing the Group’s operating segments the Directors have considered the nature of the services provided, product offerings, 
customer bases, operating model and distribution channels amongst other factors. The Directors concluded there is a single segment as it operates with a 
single operating platform and model: operations, support and technology costs are managed and reported centrally to the CODM. A description of the services 
provided is given within note 4.

2.5 Revenue recognition
The effect of initially applying IFRS 15 on the Group’s revenue from contracts with customers is described in note 2. Due to the transition method chosen in 
applying IFRS 15, comparative information has not been restated to reflect the new requirements.

Revenue represents fees receivable from investment administration and dealing and custody services for both client assets and client money. Revenue is measured 
based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer. The Group recognises revenue when it transfers control over a good or service to a customer.

Recurring fixed:
Recurring fixed revenue comprises recurring administration fees and media revenue.

Media revenue is recognised evenly over the period in which the related service is provided. Media revenue includes advertising, subscriptions, events and award 
ceremony and corporate solutions contracts.

Administration fees include fees charged in relation to the administration services provided by the Group and are recognised over time as the related service 
is provided.

Included within administration fees are annual pension administration fees. Under IAS 18, annual pension administration fees were recognised in the period to 
which the service was rendered using the percentage completion method. Percentage completion was determined by the different work activity profiles of the 
associated individual service. On adoption of IFRS 15, the Group changed its accounting treatment in relation to the timing of income recognised in relation to 
annual pension administration fees for certain products. The Group recognises revenue from such fees over time, using an input method to measure progress 
towards complete satisfaction of a single performance obligation. The Group determined that the input method is the best method in measuring progress 
of the services relating to these fees because there is a direct relationship between the Group’s effort (i.e. labour hours incurred) and the transfer of service to 
the customer.

The Group recognises revenue on the basis of the labour hours expended relative to the total expected labour hours to complete the service.

There were no other material changes to fee recognition from the adoption of IFRS 15.

Certain pension administration fees are received in arrears or in advance. Where revenue is received in arrears for an ongoing service, the proportion of the 
income relating to services provided but not yet received is accrued. This is recognised as accrued income until the revenue is received. Where revenue is received 
in advance for an ongoing service, the proportion of the income relating to services that have not yet been provided is deferred. This is recognised as deferred 
income until the services have been provided.

Recurring ad valorem:
Recurring ad valorem revenue comprises custody fees, retained interest income and investment management fees provided by the Group and are recognised 
evenly over the period in which the related service is provided.

Ad valorem fees include custody fees charged in relation to the holding of client assets and interest received on client money balances. Custody fees and 
investment management fees are accrued on a time basis by reference to the AUA.

Transactional fees:
Transactional revenue comprises dealing fees and pension scheme activity fees.

Transaction-based fees are recognised when received in accordance with the date of settlement of the underlying transaction.

Other non-recurring fees are recognised in the period to which the service is rendered.

On adoption of IFRS 15, the Group has changed its accounting treatment in respect of cash incentives offered to acquire new retail customers. Cash incentives 
paid to new retail customers are considered to be a reduction in revenue under IFRS 15, whereas previously they would have been recognised as an operating 
cost. In line with IFRS 15, cash incentives to acquire new customers are offset against recurring ad valorem revenue and spread over a period of 12 months, i.e. 
the period over which the incentive is earned.

2.6 Leasing and hire purchase contracts
Leasing:
Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases 
are classified as operating leases.

Assets held under finance leases are recognised as assets of the Group at their fair value or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments, each 
determined at the inception of the lease. Subsequent to initial recognition, the assets are accounted for in accordance with the accounting policy applicable to 
the asset. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in the consolidated statement of financial position as a finance lease obligation. Lease payments are 
apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

91

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

2 Significant accounting policies continued
Rental payments under operating leases are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. Benefits received and 
receivable as an incentive to enter into an operating lease are recognised as a liability. The aggregate benefit of the incentive is recognised as a reduction of rental 
expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Hire purchase contracts:
Assets held under hire purchase contracts are recognised as assets of the Group at their fair value or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease 
payments, each determined at the inception of the contract. Subsequent to initial recognition, the assets are accounted for in accordance with the accounting 
policy applicable to the asset. The corresponding liability is included in the consolidated statement of financial position as an obligation under hire purchase 
contracts. Payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining 
balance of the liability.

2.7 Investment income
Investment income comprises the returns generated on corporate cash and cash equivalents. Investment income is recognised in the income statement as 
it accrues.

2.8 Finance costs
Finance costs comprise interest payable and finance charges on finance leases and hire purchase contracts. Finance costs are recognised in the income 
statement using the effective interest rate method.

2.9 Retirement benefit costs
The Group makes payments into the personal pension schemes of certain employees as part of their overall remuneration package. Contributions are recognised 
in the income statement as they are payable.

The Group also contributes to employees’ stakeholder pension schemes. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the Group in independently 
administered funds. Any amount charged to the income statement represents the contribution payable to the scheme in respect of the period to which it relates.

Alternatively, the Group will pay contributions to an employee’s AJ Bell Youinvest SIPP, if they wish, instead of the stakeholder pension.

2.10 Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the current tax payable and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to 
items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year and any adjustment to tax payable or receivable in respect of 
previous years, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used 
for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognised if the temporary difference arises (other than in a business combination) from:

•  the initial recognition of goodwill; or

•  investments in subsidiaries to the extent that the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable 

they will not reverse in the foreseeable future; or

•  the initial recognition of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the tax profit nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that taxable 
profits will be available in the future, against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Recognised and unrecognised deferred tax assets are 
reassessed at each reporting date.

The principal temporary differences arise from accelerated capital allowances, provisions for share-based payments and unutilised losses.

Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when they reverse, using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they 
relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

2.11 VAT
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of sales tax except where the sales tax incurred on a purchase of assets or services is not 
recoverable in whole or in part from the taxation authority.

Where the sales tax is not recoverable in whole or in part from the taxation authority, it is expensed through the income statement, except in the case of a 
capital asset where the irrecoverable proportion is capitalised as part of the capital cost of that asset.

2.12 Property, plant and equipment
All property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, which includes directly attributable acquisition costs, less accumulated depreciation and any 

92

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019recognised impairment losses. Depreciation is provided on all property, plant and equipment, except assets under construction, at rates calculated to write 
off the cost, less estimated residual value, of each asset evenly using a straight-line method over its estimated useful economic life as follows:

Leasehold improvements – Over the life of the lease
Office equipment – 4 years
Computer equipment – 3–5 years

The assets’ estimated useful lives, depreciation rates and residual values are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate at the end of each reporting period. 
An asset’s carrying value is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if its carrying value is greater than the recoverable amount.

Assets held under finance leases and hire purchase contracts are depreciated over their expected useful lives on the same basis as owned assets or, where 
shorter, over the term of the relevant lease.

Assets under construction relate to capital expenditure on assets not yet in use by the Group and are therefore not depreciated.

The gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an asset is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the 
asset and is recognised in the income statement immediately.

2.13 Intangible assets (excluding goodwill)
Intangible assets comprise computer software, customer contracts and non-contractual customer relationships and the Group’s Key Operating System 
(KOS). These are stated at cost less amortisation or fair value and any recognised impairment loss. Amortisation is provided on all intangible fixed assets 
excluding goodwill at rates calculated to write off the cost or valuation, less estimated residual value, of each asset evenly using a straight-line method over 
its estimated useful economic life as follows:

Computer software – 3–4 years
KOS – 13 years
KOS enhancements – Over the remaining life of the KOS
Customer contracts and non-contractual – 5–10 years

The assets’ estimated useful lives, amortisation rates and residual values are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate at the end of each reporting period. 
An asset’s carrying value is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if its carrying value is greater than the recoverable amount.

The gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an asset is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the 
asset and is recognised in the income statement immediately.

2.14 Internally-generated intangible assets
An internally-generated asset arising from work performed by the Group is recognised only when the following criteria can be demonstrated:

•  the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale;

•  the intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it;

•  the ability to use or sell the intangible asset;

•  how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits;

•  the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the intangible asset; and

•  the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development. 

The amount initially recognised for internally-generated intangible assets is the sum of expenditure incurred from the date when the asset first meets the 
recognition criteria listed above. Development expenditure that does not meet the criteria is recognised as an expense in the period which it is incurred.

Subsequent to initial recognition, internally-generated intangible assets are reported at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment 
losses, on the same basis as intangible assets that are acquired separately.

Expenditure on research activities is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

2.15 Impairment of tangible and intangible assets (excluding goodwill)
At each reporting date the Group reviews the carrying amount of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those 
assets have suffered impairment. If such an indication exists then the recoverable amount of that particular asset is estimated.

An impairment test is performed for an individual asset unless it belongs to a CGU, in which case the present value of the net future cash flows generated 
by the CGU is tested. A CGU is the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows 
of other assets or of groups of other assets. An intangible asset with an indefinite useful life is tested for impairment annually and whenever there is an 
indication that the asset may be impaired.

The recoverable amount of a tangible or intangible asset is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value-in-use. In assessing its value-in-use, the 
estimated net future pre-tax cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the 
time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset or CGU in which the asset sits is estimated to be lower than the carrying value, then the carrying amount is reduced to 
the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised immediately in the income statement as an expense.

93

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

2 Significant accounting policies continued
An impairment loss is reversed on tangible and intangible assets only if subsequent external events reverse the effect of the original event which caused 
the recognition of the impairment. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying 
amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised. An impairment reversal is 
recognised in the income statement immediately.

2.16 Financial instruments
Financial assets and liabilities are recognised in the statement of financial position when a member of the Group becomes party to the contractual 
provisions of the instrument.

Financial assets
Financial assets are classified according to the business model within which the asset is held and the contractual cash-flow characteristics of the asset. 
All financial assets are classified at amortised cost.

Financial assets at amortised cost
The Group’s financial assets at amortised cost comprise trade receivables, loans, other receivables and cash and cash equivalents.

Financial assets at amortised cost are initially recognised at fair value including any directly attributable costs. They are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment. No interest income is recognised on financial assets measured at amortised 
cost, with the exception of cash and cash equivalents, as all financial assets at amortised cost are short-term receivables and the recognition of interest 
would be immaterial. Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual right to the cash flows from the asset expire.

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are initially recorded at the fair value of the amount receivable and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method, less any provision for impairment. Other receivables also represent client money required to meet settlement obligations.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held on call with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of 
three months or less. Where appropriate, bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial position.

Impairment of financial assets
The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for all 
trade receivables and contract assets. To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables have been grouped based on shared credit risk 
characteristics and number of days past due.

The expected loss rates are based on the payment profiles of sales over a period of 12 months before 30 September 2019 and the corresponding 
historical credit losses experienced within this period.

The carrying amount of the financial assets is reduced by the use of a provision. When a trade receivable is considered uncollectable, it is written off 
against the provision. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against the provision. Changes in the carrying amount of 
the provision are recognised in the income statement.

Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into.

Other financial liabilities
The Group’s other financial liabilities comprise borrowings, trade and other payables and obligations under finance leases and hire purchase contracts. 
Other financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs. They are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method. A financial liability is derecognised when, and only when, the Group’s obligations are discharged, cancelled or they expire.

Trade and other payables
Trade payables consist of amounts payable to clients and other counterparties and obligations to pay suppliers for goods and services in the ordinary 
course of business. Trade and other payables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

2.17 Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event and it is probable that the Group will be 
required to settle that obligation.

The amount recognised as a provision is the Directors’ best estimate of the consideration required to settle that obligation at the reporting date and are 
discounted to present value where the effect is material.

2.18 Share-based payments
The Group operates a number of share incentive plans for its employees. These generally involve an award of share options (equity-settled share-based 
payments) to certain employees which are measured at the fair value of the equity instrument at the date of grant.

The share incentive plans have conditions attached before the employee becomes entitled to the award. These can be performance and/or service conditions.

94

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019The total employee expense is recognised on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on management’s estimate of shares that will eventually 
vest. At the end of each reporting period, the entity revises its estimates of the number of share options expected to vest based on the non-market vesting 
conditions. It recognises any revision to original estimates in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves. Where a grant of 
equity-settled share-based payments is not subject to vesting conditions, the fair value determined at the grant date is expensed immediately.

Fair value is measured using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The expected life applied in the model has been adjusted based on management’s 
best estimate for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations. Prior to 12 December 2018, the Company’s shares 
were not listed on a recognised stock exchange and therefore no readily available market price existed for the shares, the share price of options granted 
prior to 12 December 2018 has been estimated using a generally accepted business valuation method. Share price volatility has been estimated as the 
average of the volatility applying to a comparable group of listed companies.

2.19 Dividends
Dividend distributions to the Company’s shareholders are recognised in the period in which the dividends are declared and approved. Final dividends 
declared after the reporting period are not included as a liability in the financial statements but are disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.

2.20 Levies
The Group applies the guidance provided in IFRIC 21 to levies issued under the Financial Services Compensation Scheme. The interpretation clarifies that 
an entity should recognise a liability when it conducts the activity that triggers the payment of the levy under law or regulation.

2.21 Employee Benefit Trust
The Group has an employee benefit trust, the AJ Bell Employee Benefit Trust, used for satisfying share awards under the Company’s employee share plans. 
AJ Bell plc is considered to be the sponsoring employer and so the assets and liabilities of the Trust are recognised as those of AJ Bell plc.

Shares of AJ Bell plc held by the Trust are treated as ‘own shares’ held and shown as a deduction from equity at the price paid for them. Subsequent consideration 
received for the sale of such shares is also recognised in equity, with any difference between the sales proceeds and original cost being taken to retained earnings.

3 Critical accounting adjustments and key sources of estimation uncertainty
In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, which are described in note 2, the Directors are required to make judgements, estimates and 
assumptions to determine the carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on the Group’s 
historical experience and other relevant factors. Actual results may differ from the estimates applied.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate 
is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

There are no judgements made, in applying the accounting policies, about the future, or any other major sources of estimation uncertainty at the end of the 
reporting period, that have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year.

4 Segmental reporting
It is the view of the Directors that the Group has a single operating segment. Investment services in the advised and D2C space administering investments 
in SIPP’s, ISA’s and General Investment/Dealing accounts. Details of the Group’s revenue, results and assets and liabilities for the reportable segment are 
shown within the consolidated income statement and consolidated statement of financial position on pages 83 and 84 respectively.

The Group operates in one geographical segment, being the UK.

Due to the nature of its activities, the Group is not reliant on any one customer or group of customers for generation of revenues.

5 Revenue
The analysis of the consolidated revenue is as follows:

Recurring fixed

Recurring ad valorem

Transactional

2019 
£000

25,395

63,095

16,412

104,902

2018 
£000

25,212

47,890

16,589

89,691

Recurring ad valorem fees include custody fees. These recurring charges are derived from the market value of retail customer assets, based on asset mix and 
portfolio size, and are therefore subject to market and economic risks. The spread of rate charged is variable dependent on portfolio size and asset mix within the 
portfolio. The risks associated with this revenue stream in terms of its nature and uncertainty is discussed further within the Financial Instruments note on pages 
108 and 109.

Recurring ad valorem fees also include retained interest income earned on the level of customer cash balances, which are based on customers’ asset mix and 
portfolio size and are therefore subject to market and economic risks. The risks associated with this revenue stream in terms of its nature and uncertainty is 
discussed further within the Financial Instruments note on pages 108 and 109.

The total revenue for the Group has been derived from its principal activities undertaken in the United Kingdom.

95

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

6 Operating profit
Profit for the financial year has been arrived at after charging:

Amortisation of intangible assets

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Loss on the disposal of property, plant and equipment

Operating lease rentals:

•  Property

Auditor’s remuneration (see below)

Staff costs (see note 7)

IPO related costs

Restructuring costs

2019 
£000

671

1,439

4

1,733

465

34,213

948

–

2018 
£000

723

1,248

11

1,617

817

32,629

1,769

364

IPO related costs relate to professional fees incurred in relation to listing AJ Bell plc on the London Stock Exchange. These costs also include the fee for 
the Reporting Accountant’s work disclosed within ‘corporate finance services’ within auditor’s remuneration below.

Auditor’s remuneration
The analysis of auditor’s remuneration is as follows:

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for other services to the Group:

•  Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries’ accounts, pursuant to legislation

•  Audit-related assurance services

•  Other assurance services

•  Corporate finance services

•  Non-audit services

Of the above, audit related services for the year totalled £349,000 (2018: £200,000).

7 Employees 
The average monthly number of employees (including Executive Directors) of the Group was:

Operational and support

Technology

Distribution

Employee benefit expense for the Group during the year:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Retirement benefit costs

Termination benefits

Share-based payments

2019 
£000

92

173

84

44

65

7

465

2018 
£000

56

63

81

19

592

6

817

2019 
Number

2018 
Number

596

137

77

810

2019 
£000

27,761

3,355

1,924

73

1,100

34,213

578

116

64

758

2018 
£000

27,742

3,010

1,423

342

112

32,629

As described in note 23, an Executive Incentive Plan was introduced during the year to replace the Executive Bonus Scheme. Bonus remuneration 
classified under wages and salaries for the year ended 30 September 2018 has been replaced by a share-based payment charge for the year ended 
30 September 2019. 

96

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 20198 Finance costs

Interest on obligations under finance leases and hire purchase contracts

9 Taxation
Tax charged in the income statement:

Current taxation

UK Corporation Tax

Adjustment to current tax in respect of prior periods

Deferred taxation

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Adjustment to deferred tax in respect of prior periods

Effect of changes in tax rates

2019 
£000

42

2019 
£000

7,478

(78)

7,400

(59)

(5)

6

(58)

2018 
£000

25

2018 
£000

5,694

113

5,807

(16)

(80)

2

(94)

Total tax expense 

7,342

5,713

Corporation Tax is calculated at 19% of the estimated assessable profit for the year to 30 September 2019 (2018: 19%).

In addition to the amount charged to the income statement, certain tax amounts have been credited directly to equity as follows:

Deferred tax relating to share-based payments (see note 16)

Current tax relief on exercise of share options

The charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit per the income statement as follows:

Profit before tax

UK Corporation Tax at 19% (2018: 19%)

Effects of:

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Change in recognised deductible temporary differences

Effect of rate changes to deferred tax

Adjustments to current tax in respect of prior periods

Effective tax rate

2019 
£000

(663)

(1,383)

(2,046)

2019 
£000

37,695

7,162

257

–

6

(83)

7,342

19.5%

2018 
£000

(51)

(128)

(179)

2018 
£000

28,359

5,388

338

(47)

2

32

5,713

20.1%

It is expected that the ongoing effective tax rate will remain at a rate approximating to the standard UK Corporation Tax rate in the medium term except 
for the impact of deferred tax arising from the timing of the exercising of share options. The standard UK Corporation Tax rate was reduced from 20% to 
19% (effective from 1 April 2017) and again to 18% (effective from 1 April 2020), as substantively enacted on 26 October 2015. An additional reduction to 
17% (effective 1 April 2020) was substantively enacted on 6 September 2016.

Deferred tax has been recognised at 17% (2018: 17%), being the rate at which the deferred tax assets are expected to reverse.

97

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

10 Dividends

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders during the year:

Final dividend for the year ended 30 September 2018 of 21.50p (2018: 15.50p) per share

Interim dividend for the year ended 30 September 2019 of 1.50p (2018: 14.00p) per share

Special dividend for the year ended 30 September 2019 of Nil (2018: 19.50p) per share

Total dividends paid on equity shares

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 30 September 2019 of 3.33p (2018: 21.50p) per share

2019 
£000

2018  
£000

8,827

6,111

–

14,938

13,565

6,362

5,728

8,005

20,095

8,826

A final dividend declared of 3.33p per share is payable on 31 January 2020 to shareholders on the register on 10 January 2020. The ex-dividend date will 
be 9 January 2020. The final dividend is subject to approval by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 22 January 2020 and has not been 
included as a liability within these financial statements.

As disclosed in note 22, prior to the listing of AJ Bell plc, a share reorganisation took place. The restated equivalent comparable dividend per share for 
the prior period was 5.73p per share. This included a special dividend paid on 28 September 2018.

Dividends are payable on all ordinary shares as disclosed in note 22.

AJ Bell Employee Benefit Trust, which held 1,369,896 ordinary shares (30 September 2018: 1,619,645) in AJ Bell plc at 30 September 2019, has agreed 
to waive all dividends. This represented 0.3% (2018: 0.4%) of the company’s called up share capital. The maximum amount held by the Trust during the 
year was 1,619,645.

11 Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the owners of the parent company by the weighted average number of 
ordinary shares, excluding own shares, in issue during the year.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of shares to assume exercise of all potentially dilutive share options.

The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:

Earnings

Earnings for the purposes of basic and diluted earnings per share being profit attributable to equity holders of the 
parent company

30,353

22,646

2019 
£000

2018 
£000

Number of shares

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of basic EPS in issue during the year

Effect of potentially dilutive share options

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of fully diluted EPS

Earnings per share (EPS)

Basic (pence)

Diluted (pence)

2019 
Number

2018 
Number

404,203,556

393,407,642

2,296,539

8,821,105

406,500,095

402,228,747

2019

7.51

7.47

2018

5.76

5.63

On 15 November 2018, as part of the AJ Bell plc listing process, a bonus issue and sub-division of shares occurred resulting in the number of shares 
in issue increasing from 42,950,663 to 407,055,994. The nominal value of each share was reduced from 0.1p to 0.0125p per share. The calculation of 
earnings per share for the comparative periods presented have been adjusted to reflect these changes.

98

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 201912 Goodwill

Cost

At 1 October and 30 September

Impairment

At 1 October and 30 September

Carrying value at 30 September 

2019 
£000

2018  
£000

3,772

3,772

(112)

3,660

(112)

3,660

Goodwill relates to historical acquisitions allocated to the Group’s single cash generating unit (CGU).

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired.

The recoverable amount of the assets within the CGU is determined using value-in-use calculations. In assessing the value-in-use the estimated future cash 
flows of the CGU are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate. Cash flows are based upon the most recent forecasts, approved by the 
Board, covering a 4 year period and then extrapolated for the remaining useful economic life of the asset using a growth rate of nil% (2018: nil%).

The key assumptions for value-in-use calculations are those regarding discount rate, growth rates and expected changes to revenues and costs in the period, as follows:

•  a rate of 12% (2018: 13%) has been used to assess the expected growth in revenue for the 4 year forecast period. This is based on historical performance.

•  economies of scale are expected to be gained in the medium to long-term, although there are not expected to be any significant changes to the nature of 

administrative expenses.

•  modest ongoing maintenance expenditure is required on the assets within the CGU in order to generate the expected level of cash flows.

The Directors have made these assumptions based upon past experience and future expectations in the light of anticipated market conditions and the results 
of streamlining processes through implementation of the target operating model for customer services.

Cash flows have been discounted using a pre-tax discount rate of 8.2% (2018: 5.5%).

The Directors have performed sensitivity analysis on their calculations, with key assumptions being revised adversely to reflect the potential for future 
performance being below expected levels. Changes to revenue are the most sensitive as they would have the greatest impact on future cash flows. However, 
even with nil growth in revenue, there would still be sufficient headroom to support the carrying value of the assets under the CGU.

Based upon the review above the estimated value-in-use of the CGU comfortably supports the carrying value of the assets held within it, and so the Directors 
are satisfied that for the period ended 30 September 2019 goodwill is not impaired.

13 Other intangible assets

Cost

At 1 October 2017

Additions

Disposals

At 30 September 2018

At 30 September 2019

Amortisation
At 1 October 2017

Amortisation charge

Eliminated on disposals

At 30 September 2018

Amortisation charge

At 30 September 2019

Carrying amount

At 30 September 2019 
At 30 September 2018

At 30 September 2017

Average remaining amortisation period

Key operating 
system 
£000

Contractual 
customer 
relationships 
£000

Computer 
software 
£000

8,657

2,135

–

–

8,657

8,657

5,032

604

–

5,636

604

6,240

2,417
3,021

3,625

4 years

–

–

2,135

2,135

2,135

–

–

2,135

–

2,135

–
–

–

6,382

6

(1,154)

5,234

5,234

6,166

119

(1,154)

5,131

67

5,198

36
103

216

11 months

The amortisation charge above is included within administrative expenses in the income statement.

 Total 
 £000

17,174

6

(1,154)

16,026

16,026

13,333

723

(1,154)

12,902

671

13,573

2,453
3,124

3,841

99

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

14 Property, plant and equipment

Cost

As at 1 October 2017

Additions

Disposals

Transfers

At 30 September 2018

Additions

Disposals

At 30 September 2019

Depreciation

At 1 October 2017

Charge for the year

Eliminated on disposal

At 30 September 2018

Charge for the year

Eliminated on disposal

At 30 September 2019

Carrying amount

At 30 September 2019

At 30 September 2018 

At 30 September 2017

Leasehold 
improvements 
£000

Office  
equipment 
£000

Assets under 
construction 
£000

Computer 
equipment 
£000

1,581

161

–

–

1,742

25

–

1,767

71

119

–

190

128

–

318

1,449

1,552

1,510

1,560

132

(754)

–

938

257

–

1,195

822

279

(746)

355

295

–

650

545

583

738

163

–

–

(163)

–

275

–

275

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

275

–

163

3,327

1,405

(302)

163

4,593

515

(124)

4,984

1,744

850

(299)

2,295

1,016

(120)

3,191

1,793

2,298

1,583

Total 
£000

6,631

1,698

(1,056)

–

7,273

1,072

(124)

8,221

2,637

1,248

(1,045)

2,840

1,439

(120)

4,159

4,062

4,433

3,994

The depreciation charge above is included within administrative expenses in the income statement.

During the year the Group acquired assets under finance lease of £214,000 (2018: £747,000). The carrying amount of office equipment and computer 
equipment includes an amount of £578,000 (2018: £686,000) in respect of assets held under finance leases and hire purchase contracts.

At the year-end, the Group had no commitments (2018: £Nil) to purchase any property, plant and equipment.

15 Subsidiaries
The Group consists of a parent company, AJ Bell plc incorporated within the UK, and a number of subsidiaries held directly and indirectly by AJ Bell plc 
which operate and are incorporated in the UK. Note 6 to the Company’s separate financial statements lists details of the interests in subsidiaries.

2019 
£000

1,146

(52)

1,094

2018 
£000

386

(14)

372

16 Deferred tax asset

Deferred tax asset

Deferred tax a liability

100

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Deferred tax asset
The movement on the deferred tax account and movement between deferred tax assets and liabilities is as follows:

At 1 October 2017

Credit/(charge) to the income statement

Credit to equity

At 1 October 2018

(Charge)/credit to the income statement

Credit to equity

At 30 September 2019

Accelerated 
capital 
allowances 
£000

Share-based 
payments 
£000

Short-term 
timing 
differences 
£000

 (92)

78

–

(14)

(38)

–

(52)

 245

19

51

315

85

663

1,063

 11

11

–

22

12

–

34

Losses 
£000

 63

(14)

–

49

–

–

49

 Total 
 £000

 227

94

51

372

59

663

1,094

The current year deferred tax adjustment relating to share-based payments reflects the estimated total future tax relief associated with the cumulative 
share-based payment benefit arising in respect of share options granted but unexercised as at 30 September 2019.

Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of other temporary differences giving rise to deferred tax assets where it is probable that these 
assets will be recovered. As at 30 September 2019, deferred tax assets have not been provided on trading losses of £1,407,000 (2018: £1,407,000).

17 Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

Prepayments

Accrued income

Other receivables

2019 
£000

2,529

3,245

14,469

2,711

22,954

2018 
£000

2,203

3,522

10,147

4,203

20,075

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates their fair value. Other receivables represent client money 
required to meet settlement obligations and are payable on demand.

Trade receivables disclosed above include amounts which are past due at the reporting date but against which the Group has not recognised a 
provision for impairment as there has been no significant change in credit quality and the amounts are still considered recoverable.

The ageing profile of trade receivables were as follows:

Neither past due or impaired

Past due but not impaired:

0 to 30 days

31 to 60 days

61 to 90 days

91 days and over

Provision for impairment

2019 
£000

1,245

346

220

48

973

2,832

(303)

2,529

2018 
£000

550

705

188

58

1,165

2,666

(463)

2,203

101

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

17 Trade and other receivables continued
The movement in the provision for impairment of trade receivables is as follows:

Balance at beginning of year – calculated under IAS 39

Amounts restated through opening retained earnings

Opening loss allowance as at 1 October

Loss allowance recognised

Receivables written off during the year as uncollectable

Amounts recovered during the year

Unused amount reversed

Balance at end of year

2019 
£000

463

(78)

385

100

(157)

(8)

(17)

303

2018 
£000

412

–

412

135

(27)

(57)

–

463

In determining the recoverability of trade receivables the Directors considered any change in the credit quality of the trade receivable from the date 
credit was initially granted up to the reporting date.

18 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

All cash held at bank at 30 September 2019 and 30 September 2018, had a maturity date of less than one month.

19 Trade and other payables
Current liabilities

Trade payables

Accruals 

Deferred income

Social security and other taxes

Other payables

2019 
£000

69,067

2018 
£000

49,695

2019 
£000

993

5,217

1,559

1,643

553

9,965

2018 
£000

1,052

6,656

1,437

1,711

582

11,438

Trade payables, accruals and deferred income principally comprise amounts outstanding for trade purposes and ongoing costs. The Directors consider 
that the carrying amount of trade payables approximates their fair value.

Non-current liabilities

Other payables

Other payables relate to lease incentives of £1,241,000 (2018: £603,000).

2019 
£000

1,241

2018 
£000

603

102

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 201920 Other financial liabilities
During the year, the Group had other financial liabilities relating to obligations under finance leases and hire purchase contracts as follows:

2019

Within one year

In the second to fifth years inclusive

2018

Within one year

In the second to fifth years inclusive

Minimum lease 
payments 
£000

Less finance 
charges 
£000

Present value 
of lease 
obligations 
£000

363

241

604

330

447

777

(25)

(7)

(32)

(30)

(16)

(46)

338

234

572

300

431

731

It is the Group’s policy to lease certain items of office and computer equipment under finance leases and hire purchase contracts. The average 
term of the contract is three years. All lease obligations are denominated in sterling. Interest rates are fixed at the contract date. All leases are on a 
fixed repayment basis and no arrangements have been entered into for contingent rental payments. The fair value of the Group’s lease obligations 
approximates to their carrying amount.

21 Provisions

At 1 October 2018

Additional provisions

Utilisation of provision

Unused provision reversed

At 30 September 2019

Included in current liabilities

Included in non-current liabilities

Office 
dilapidations 
£000

795

772

(17)

–

1,550

–

1,550

Other  
provision 
£000

1,095

–

–

–

1,095

1,095

–

Restructuring 
costs 
£000

170

–

(117)

(53)

–

–

–

Total 
£000

2,060

772

(134)

(53)

2,645

1,095

1,550

Office dilapidations:
The Group is contractually obliged to reinstate its leased properties to their original state and layout at the end of the lease terms. The office dilapidations 
provision represents the management’s best estimate of the present value of costs which will ultimately be incurred in settling these obligations.

Other provision:
The other provision recognised is to cover the settlement of a one-off tax liability. There is some uncertainty regarding any amount and timing of 
the outflow required to settle the obligation; therefore a best estimate has been made by assessing a number of different outcomes considering the 
potential areas and time periods at risk and any associated interest. The timings of the outflows are uncertain but the Group expects that settlement 
will be within the next 12 months.

Restructuring costs:
The restructuring provision represented the estimated costs associated with the closure of the Tunbridge Wells office. 

103

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

22 Share capital

Issued, fully-called and paid:

Ordinary shares of 0.0125p each

Ordinary shares of 0.1p each

Ordinary non-voting shares of 0.1p each

A non-voting ordinary shares of 0.1p each

X non-voting ordinary shares of 0.1p each

B non-voting ordinary shares of 0.1p each

C non-voting ordinary shares of 0.1p each

D non-voting ordinary shares of 0.1p each

E non-voting ordinary shares of 0.1p each

F non-voting ordinary shares of 0.1p each

Issued, partly-called and paid:

A Non-voting ordinary shares of 0.1p each

X Non-voting ordinary shares of 0.1p each

2019 
Number

2018 
Number

2019 
£

408,730,211

–

51,091

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

38,840,741

75,000

957,692

767,465

158,890

188,056

255,189

919,160

203,500

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2018 
£

–

38,841

75

958

767

159

188

255

919

203

408,730,211

42,365,693

51,091

42,365

–

–

–

260,973

318,497

579,470

–

–

–

–

7

7

408,730,211

42,945,163

51,091

42,372

On 15 November 2018 the Company passed an ordinary and special resolution authorising:

•  a bonus issue to the holders of Ordinary Shares, Non-voting Ordinary Shares, A Shares, B Shares, C Shares, D Shares, E Shares, F Shares and X Shares in 

issue at close of business on 31 October 2018, in the proportion of one for every five shares held;

•  the sub-division of those Ordinary Shares, Non-voting Ordinary Shares, A Shares, B Shares, C Shares, D Shares, E Shares, F Shares and X Shares into 

eight shares of the same class with a nominal value of 0.0125p each.

Immediately prior to admission on the London Stock Exchange each Non-voting Ordinary Shares, A Shares, B Shares, C Shares, D Shares, E Shares, 
F Shares and X Shares were then re-designated as Ordinary Shares of 0.0125p each.

All Ordinary Shares have full voting and dividend rights.

The following transactions have taken place during the year:

Transaction type

Share class

Exercise of CSOP options

Ordinary shares of 0.1p each

Full payment

Full payment

Bonus issue

Sub-division

X non-voting ordinary shares of 0.1p each

A non-voting ordinary shares of 0.1p each

All share classes of 0.1p each

All share classes of 0.1p each to 0.0125p each

Exercise of CSOP options

Ordinary shares of 0.0125p each

Deferred shares cancellation

Ordinary shares of 0.0125p each

Number  
of shares

213,895

318,497

260,973

8,590,131

360,785,390

2,249,707

(6,054,075)

Premium  
£000

112

1,064

1,120

(9)

–

970

–

366,364,518

3,257

104

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at general meetings 
of the Company. They are entitled to share in the proceeds on the return of capital, or upon the winding up of the Company in proportion to the number 
of and amounts paid on shares held. The shares are non-redeemable.

Own shares
The Group has an employee benefit trust in order to acquire own shares in the Company to satisfy future share incentive plans. Shares held by the Trust 
are valued at £1,147,000 and the carrying value is shown as a reduction within shareholders’ equity. The costs of operating the Trust are borne by the 
Group but are not material.

During the year ended 30 September 2019 the Trust purchased 12,701 ordinary own shares in exchange for cash consideration of £50,000 in order 
to satisfy share awards under the Company’s employee share plans. The share purchase took place before the share reorganisation, the post 
reorganisation shares purchased equates to 122,272. The Trust waived the right to receive dividends on these shares.

23 Share-based payments
Company Share Option Plan (‘CSOP’)
The CSOP is a HMRC approved scheme in which the Board, at their discretion, grant options to employees to purchase ordinary shares. 
Each participating employee can be granted options up to the value of £30,000. Options granted under the CSOP can be exercised between the third 
and tenth anniversary after the date of grant. The expense for share-based payments under the CSOP is recognised over the respective vesting period 
of these options.

Option To Buy scheme (‘OTB’) – Growth shares
The OTB scheme is an award scheme whereby the Board at their discretion grant growth shares to employees. Growth shares entitle the holder to 
participate in the growth value of the Group above a certain threshold level, set above the current market value of the Group at the time the shares were 
issued. Growth shares granted under the OTB have different vesting conditions. The vesting condition attached to all growth shares granted is that the 
threshold level needs to be met and an exit event needs to have occurred. As part of the AJ Bell listing process all awards were converted into ordinary 
shares and those awards granted with an additional employment condition of four or six years after the date of grant, continue to be recognised as a 
share-based payment. Awards that were issued subject to employment conditions are subject to buy back options under which the Group can buy back 
the shares for their issue price if the employee leaves the Group before the expiry of the employment condition period.

Buy As You Earn (‘BAYE’)
During the year the Company introduced a BAYE scheme which is an all-employee share plan under which shares can be issued to employees as either 
free shares or partnership shares. During the year, free shares up to a maximum value of £750 have been offered to all employees who were employed by 
the Company at 6 December 2018.

Employees have been offered the opportunity to participate in the partnership plan where employees are required to save an amount of their gross 
monthly salary, up to a maximum of £150 per month, for a period of 12 months. Under the terms of the plan, at the end of the 12 month period 
the employees are entitled to purchase shares using funds saved at the lower of the IPO price of £1.60 or the market value at the date of purchase. 
Employees who cease their employment before the 12 month period expires, will be refunded their saved amounts.

Executive Incentive Plan (‘EIP’)
An EIP has been introduced during the year to replace the Executive Bonus Scheme and OTB scheme. This is a performance share plan that involves the 
award of nominal cost options to participants conditional on the achievement of specified performance targets and continuous employment over a 
certain period of time. Individual grants will be dependent on the assessment of performance against a range of financial and non-financial targets set 
at the beginning of the financial year.

As described in note 22, the Company passed an ordinary and special resolution authorising a bonus issue and sub-division of all classes of shares 
referred to as the share reorganisation. The share reorganisation also applied to all options granted before 15 November 2018.

The tables below summarises the outstanding options and awards including the impact of the share reorganisation.

CSOP

Outstanding at beginning of the year

Granted during the year

Bonus issue and share split

Forfeited during the year

Exercised during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

2019 
Number

394,076

52,750

3,641,632

(140,147)

(2,463,602)

1,484,709

235,924

2018 
Number

526,152

35,039

–

(30,316)

(136,799)

394,076

168,066

105

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

23 Share-based payments continued
The movements in the weighted average exercise price of share options during the year were as follows:

Outstanding at beginning of the year

Granted during the year

Bonus issue and share split

Forfeited during the year

Exercised during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

2019 
£

4.52

7.01

0.51

0.44

0.71

0.65

0.45

2018 
£

4.17

6.00

–

4.79

3.39

4.52

3.56

The lowest exercise price for share options outstanding at the end of the period was 20p (2018: 190p) and the highest exercise price was 160p 
(2018: 600p). The weighted average remaining contractual life of share options outstanding at the end of the period was seven years (2018: six years).

OTB – Growth shares

Outstanding at beginning of the year

Granted during the year

Repurchased and cancelled

Bonus issue and share split

Converted to ordinary shares

Converted to deferred shares and cancelled

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

The movements in the weighted average exercise price of growth shares during the year were as follows:

Outstanding at beginning of the year

Granted during the year

Repurchased and cancelled

Bonus issue and share split

Converted to ordinary shares

Converted to deferred shares and cancelled

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

2019 
Number

1,724,795

–

–

14,833,165

(7,116,258)

(6,054,075)

3,387,627

–

2018 
Number

628,840

1,135,160

(39,205)

–

–

–

1,724,795

–

2019 
£

5.60

–

–

0.58

0.56

0.59

0.63

–

2018 
£

4.86

6.00

5.42

–

–

–

5.60

–

Upon listing to the London Stock Exchange, all growth shares were converted to ordinary shares and therefore no exercise price exists for growth shares 
outstanding at the end of the period. The weighted average remaining contractual life of growth shares converted to ordinary shares under a call option 
agreement at the end of the period was 2.9 years (2018: 1.4 years).

BAYE 
Free shares

Granted during the year

Forfeited during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

2019 
Number

324,882

(38,844)

286,038

–

2018 
Number

–

–

–

–

Free shares are issued to employees for free and therefore do not have an exercise price. The weighted average remaining contractual life of free shares 
outstanding at the end of the period was 2.2 years (2018: nil).

106

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Partnership shares
Under the terms of the partnership plan, employees will be entitled to purchase shares in December 2019 from funds saved during the 12 month accumulation period.

EIP

Granted during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

The movements in the weighted average exercise price of EIP options during the year were as follows:

Granted during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

2019 
Number

1,454,424

1,454,424

–

2019 
£

0.000125

0.000125

–

2018 
Number

–

–

–

2018 
£

–

–

–

The weighted average remaining contractual life of EIP shares outstanding at the end of the period was 9.3 years (2018: Nil).

The fair value of equity-settled share options and awards granted is estimated as at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes method for all 
share-based payment arrangements except free shares, taking into account the terms upon which the options and awards were granted.

The fair value of a free share is based on the share price at the date of grant being £1.60.

The inputs into the Black-Scholes model and assumptions used in the calculations are as follows:

Grant date

Number of shares under option

Fair value of share from generally accepted business model (£)

Exercise price of an option (£)

Expected volatility

Expected dividend yield

Risk-free interest rate

Expected option life to exercise (months)

EIP

Grant date

Number of shares under option

Fair value of share from generally accepted business model (£)

Exercise price of an option (£)

Expected volatility 

Expected dividend yield

Risk-free interest rate

Expected option life to exercise (months)

CSOP 
07/11/2018

CSOP 
 06/12/2018

Partnership 
shares 
06/12/2018

34,000

10.00

10.00

30%

3.55%

0.84%

36

18,750

1.60

1.60

30%

3.55%

0.75%

36

–

1.60

1.60

30%

3.55%

0.75%

12

Annual award
07/12/2018

Deferred award

07/12/2018

07/12/2018

721,247

1.60

278,958

1.60

454,219

1.60

0.000125

0.000125

0.000125

30%

3.55%

0.79%

12

30%

3.55%

0.83%

36

30%

3.55%

0.88%

48

Prior to 12 December 2018, the Company’s shares were not listed on a stock exchange and therefore, no readily available market price existed for the 
shares. Options granted prior to 12 December 2018, the share value was calculated using dividend and earnings-based models to determine a range of 
valuations. The average price indicated by these valuations is assumed to be the approximate market value at the date of grant. This is discounted to 
represent the minority value of one share and is agreed with HMRC prior to granting of the options.

107

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

23 Share-based payments continued
The expected life of the options is based on the minimum period between the grant of the option, the earliest possible exercise date and an analysis 
of the historical exercise data that is not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. The expected volatility reflects the assumption that 
historical volatility is indicative of future trends, which may also not necessarily be the case.

During the year the Group recognised total share-based payment expenses of £1,100,000 (2018: £112,000).

24 Financial instruments and risk management
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial instrument risks; market risk (including interest rate and foreign exchange), credit risk and 
liquidity risk. Information is presented below regarding the exposure to each of these risks, including the procedures for measuring and managing them.

Financial instruments include both financial assets and financial liabilities. Financial assets principally comprise trade and other receivables and 
cash and cash equivalents. Financial liabilities comprise trade and other payables and obligations under finance leases and hire purchase contracts. 
The Group does not have any derivative financial instruments.

Risk management objectives
The Group has identified the financial, business and operational risks arising from its activities and has established policies and procedures to manage 
these items in accordance with its risk appetite. The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for establishing and overseeing the Group’s Risk 
management framework and risk appetite.

The Group’s financial risk management policies are intended to ensure that risks are identified, evaluated and subject to ongoing monitoring and mitigation (where 
appropriate). These policies also serve to set the appropriate control framework and promote a robust risk culture within the business. The Group regularly reviews 
its financial risk management policies and systems to reflect changes in the business, counterparties, markets and range of financial instruments that it uses.

The Group’s Treasury Committee has principal responsibility for monitoring exposure to the risks associated with cash and cash equivalents. Policies and 
procedures are in place to ensure the management and monitoring of each type of risk. The primary objective of the Group’s treasury policy is to manage 
short-term liquidity requirements whilst maintaining an appropriate level of exposure to other financial risks in accordance with the Group’s risk appetite.

Significant accounting policies
Details of the significant accounting policies, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and the basis on which income and 
expenses are recognised, in respect of each financial asset and financial liability, are disclosed within note 2 to the financial statements.

Categories of financial instrument
The financial assets and liabilities of the Group are detailed below:

Financial assets

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities

Trade payables

Obligations under finance leases and hire 
purchase contracts

Amortised
 cost 
£000

2,529

2,711

69,067

74,307

2019

Financial 
liabilities 
£000

Carrying  
value 
£000

Loans & 
receivables 
£000

2018

Financial 
liabilities 
£000

–

–

–

–

2,529

2,711

69,067

74,307

–

–

–

993

993

572

1,565

572

1,565

2,203

4,203

49,695

56,101

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,052

731

1,783

Carrying  
value 
£000

2,203

4,203

49,695

56,101

1,052

731

1,783

The carrying amount of all financial assets and liabilities approximate to their fair value due to their short-term nature.

Market risk
Interest rate risk
The Group holds interest bearing assets in the form of cash and cash deposits. Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit 
rates. Term deposits can also be made for varying periods depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group, and interest is earned at the 
respective fixed-term rate. Based on the cash balances shown in the Group’s statement of financial position at the reporting date, if interest rates were 
to move by 25bps it would change profit before tax by approximately:

+ 25 bps (0.25%)

- 25 bps (0.25%)

108

2019 
£000

142

(142)

2018 
£000

129

(89)

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019As at the year end the Group had no significant borrowings, as disclosed in note 20, and therefore was not exposed to a material interest rate risk related 
to debt as the interest rate is fixed as the inception of the lease.

The Group retains a proportion of the interest income generated from the pooling of customer cash balances and as a result, the Group has an indirect 
exposure to interest rate risk. The cash balances are held with a variety of banks and are placed in a range of fixed term, notice and call deposit accounts 
with due regard for counterparty credit risk, capacity risk, concentration risk and liquidity risk requirements. The spread of rate retained by the Group 
is variable dependent on rates received by banks (disclosed to customers at between 0.25% below and 0.60% above the prevailing base rate) and 
amounts paid away to customers.

The impact of a 25bps increase or decrease in UK base interest rates on the Group’s revenue has been calculated and shown below. This has been 
modelled on a historical basis for each year separately assuming that the UK base rate was 25bps higher or lower than the actual position at the time.

+ 25 bps (0.25%)

- 25 bps (0.25%)

2019 
£000

2,155

(4,150)

2018 
£000

3,150

(5,119)

Customer cash balances are not a financial asset of the Group and so are not included in the statement of financial position.

Market movement sensitivity
The Group’s custody fees are derived from the market value of the underlying assets held by the retail customer in their account, based on mix and 
portfolio size, charged on an ad valorem basis. As a result, the Group has an indirect exposure to market risks, as the value of the underlying customers’ 
assets may rise or fall. The impact of a 10% increase or reduction in the value of the customers’ underlying assets subject to the custody fees on the 
Group’s revenue has been calculated and shown below. This has been modelled on a historical basis for each year separately assuming that the value of 
the customers’ assets were 10% higher or lower than the actual position at the time.

+ 10% higher

- 10% lower

2019 
£000

3,401

(3,401)

2018 
£000

2,860

(2,860)

Foreign exchange risk
The Group is not exposed to significant foreign exchange translation or transaction risk as the Group’s activities are primarily within the UK. 
Foreign exchange risk is therefore not considered material.

Credit risk
The Group’s exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that a counterparty will be unable to pay amounts in full when due, arises principally from its cash 
balances held with banks and trade and other receivables.

Trade receivables are presented net of expected credit losses within the statement of financial position. The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified 
approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for all trade receivables. To measure the expected credit 
losses, trade receivables have been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and number of days past due. Details of those trade receivables 
that are past due are shown within note 17.

The Group has implemented procedures that require appropriate credit or alternative checks on potential customers before business is undertaken. 
This minimises credit risk in this area.

The credit and concentration risk on liquid funds, cash and cash equivalents is limited as deposits are held across a number of major banks. 
The Directors continue to monitor the strength of the banks used by the Group. The principal banks currently used by the Group are Bank of Scotland 
plc, Barclays Bank plc, Lloyds Bank plc, Lloyds Bank Corporate Markets plc, HSBC Bank plc, Santander UK plc and Clearstream Banking SA. Bank of 
Scotland plc, the Group’s principal banker, is substantial and is 100% owned by Lloyds Banking Group plc. All these banks currently have long-term 
credit ratings of at least A (Fitch). Where the services of other banks are used, the Group follows a rigorous due diligence process prior to selection. 
This results in the Group retaining the ability to further mitigate the counterparty risk on its own behalf and that of its customers.

The Group has no significant concentration of credit risk as exposure is spread over a large number of counterparties and customers. The maximum 
exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of each financial asset at the reporting date. In relation to dealing services, the Group 
operates as agent on behalf of its underlying customers and in accordance with London Stock Exchange Rules. Any settlement risk during the period 
between trade date and the ultimate settlement date is substantially mitigated as a result of the Group’s agency status, its settlement terms and the 
delivery versus payment mechanism whereby if a counterparty fails to make payment, the securities would not be delivered to the counterparty. 
Therefore any risk exposure is to an adverse movement in market prices between the time of trade and settlement. Conversely, if a counterparty 
fails to deliver securities, no payment would be made.

There has been no material change to the Group’s exposure to credit risk during the year.

109

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

24 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Liquidity risk
This is the risk that the Group may be unable to meet its liabilities as and when they fall due. These liabilities arise from the day-to-day activities of 
the Group and from its obligations to customers. The Group is a highly cash generative business and maintains sufficient cash and standby banking 
facilities to fund its foreseeable trading requirements.

There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to liquidity risk or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk during the year.

The following table shows the undiscounted cash flows relating to non-derivative financial liabilities of the Group based upon the remaining period 
to the contractual maturity date at the end of the reporting period.

2019

Trade payables 

Obligations under finance leases and hire purchase contracts

2018

Trade payables 

Obligations under finance leases and hire purchase contracts

Capital management
The Group’s objectives in managing capital are to:

Less than 1 
month 
£000

1 to 3 
months 
£000

3 to 12  
months 
£000

1 to 5 
years 
£000

993

21

1,014

1,052

–

1,052

–

62

62

–

–

–

–

255

255

–

300

300

–

234

234

–

431

431

Total 
£000

993

572

1,565

1,052

731

1,783

•  safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern so that it can continue to provide returns for shareholders, security for our customers 

and benefits for other stakeholders;

•  maintain a strong capital base to support the development of its business;

•  comply with regulatory requirements at all times.

The capital structure of the Group consists of share capital, share premium and retained earnings. As at the reporting date the Group had capital of 
£86,063,000 (2018: £64,036,000).

Capital generated from the business is both reinvested in the business to generate future growth and returned to shareholders principally in the form 
of dividends. The capital adequacy of the business is monitored on an ongoing basis and as part of the business planning process by the Board. It is 
also reviewed before any distributions are made to shareholders to ensure it does not fall below the agreed surplus as outlined in the Group’s capital 
management policy. The liquidity of the business is monitored by management on a daily basis to ensure sufficient funding exists to meet the Group’s 
liabilities as they fall due. The Group is highly cash generative and maintains sufficient cash and standby banking facilities to funds its foreseeable 
trading requirements.

The Group conducts an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (‘ICAAP’), as required by the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) to assess the 
appropriate amount of regulatory capital to be held by the Group. Regulatory capital resources for ICAAP are calculated in accordance with published 
rules. The ICAAP compares regulatory capital resources against regulatory capital requirements as specified by the relevant regulatory authorities.

The Group maintained a surplus of regulatory capital throughout the year. Information under Part Eight (Pillar 3) Disclosure of the Capital Requirements 
Regulation is available on the Group’s website at www.ajbell.co.uk.

110

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 201925 Interests in unconsolidated structure entities
The Group manages a number of investment funds (open ended investments) acting as agent of the Authorised Corporate Director. The dominant factor 
in deciding who controls these entities is the contractual arrangement in place between the Authorised Corporate Director and the Group, rather than 
voting or similar rights. As the Group directs the investing activities through its investment management agreement with the Authorised Corporate 
Director, the investment funds are deemed to be structured entities. The investment funds are not consolidated into the Group’s financial statements 
as the Group are judged to act as an agent rather than having control under IFRS 10.

The purpose of the investment funds is to invest capital received from investors in a portfolio of assets in order to generate a return in the form of 
capital appreciation, income from the assets, or both. The Group’s interest in the investment funds is in the form of management fees received for 
its role as investment manager. These fees are variable depending on the value of the assets under management.

The funds do not have any debt or borrowings and are financed through the issue of units to investors.

The following table shows the details of unconsolidated structured entities in which the Group has an interest at the reporting date.

Year

2019

2018

Type

OEIC

OEIC

Number  
of funds

8

6

Net AUM  
of funds 
£m

277.7

141.1

Annual 
management 
charge 
£000

Management 
charge receivable  
at 30 September 
£000

288

157

34

52

The annual management charge is included within recurring ad valorem fees within revenue in the consolidated income statement.

The annual management charge receivable is included within accrued income in the consolidated statement of financial position.

The maximum exposure to loss relates to future management fees should the market value of the investment funds decrease.

26 Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities

2019

Finance lease and hire purchase contracts liabilities

Total liabilities from financing activities

2018

Finance lease and hire purchase contracts liabilities

Total liabilities from financing activities

1 October 2018 
£ 000

Cash flows
£ 000

Acquisition
£ 000

30 September 
2019
£ 000

731

731

(373)

(373)

214

214

572

572

1 October 2017 
£000

Cash flows
£000

Acquisition
£000

30 September 
2018
£000

143

143

(199)

(199)

787

787

731

731

27 Operating leases
The Group has future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases as follows:

Within one year

In the second and fifth years inclusive

After five years

Property

2019 
£000

1,764

8,298

12,776

22,838

2018 
£000

1,350

6,243

12,912

20,505

During the year the Group recognised £1,733,000 as an expense (2018: £1,617,000).

Operating lease payments represent rentals payable by the Group for its office properties, under non-cancellable operating lease contracts. At original 
inception, office property leases have been negotiated for an average term of seven to fifteen years and rentals are fixed for an average of three years.

111

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

28 Related party transactions
Transactions between the parent company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed.

Transactions with key management personnel:
Key management personnel is represented by the Board of Directors as shown on pages 40 and 41 and the Executive Management Board as shown on 
pages 42 and 43.

The remuneration expense of key management personnel is as follows:

Short-term employee benefits (excluding NI)

Retirement benefits

Share-based payment

Gain on the exercise of share options 

2019 
£000

1,595

53

632

658

2,938

2018 
£000

2,353

54

45

64

2,516

During the year there were no material transactions or balances between the Group and its key management personnel or members of their close 
families, other than noted below.

Transactions with directors:
The remuneration of individual directors is provided in the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 64 to 71.

Dividends totalling £4,098,000 (2018: £5,848,000) were paid in the year in respect of ordinary shares held by the Company’s directors.

The aggregate gains made by the Directors on the exercise of shares options during the year were £64,000 (2018: £64,000).

Other related party transactions:
Charitable donations
During the year the Group made two donations totalling £407,000 (2018: £140,000) to the AJ Bell Trust, a registered charity of which Mr A J Bell is a 
trustee. The first donation was for £187,000 and represented 0.5% of the PBT for the year as per the Group’s donation policy. The second donation  
for £220,000 was approved separately by the Board and represented the value of a salary sacrifice made by Andy Bell during the year.

EQ Property Services Limited
The Group is party to three leases with EQ Property Services Limited for rental of the Head Office premises, 4 Exchange Quay, Salford Quays, Manchester 
M5 3EE. Mr A J Bell and Mr M T Summersgill are directors and shareholders of both AJ Bell plc and EQ Property Services Limited. Mr C Galbraith, 
Mr R Stott and Mr F Lyons are members of key management personnel and shareholders of AJ Bell plc and are directors and shareholders of EQ Property 
Services Limited. The leases for the rental of the building were entered into on 17 August 2016 for terms which expire on 30 September 2031, at an 
aggregate market rent of £1,594,000 per annum.

At the reporting date, there is no payable outstanding (2018: £116,000) with EQ Property Services Limited.

Any amounts outstanding with related parties are unsecured and will be settled in cash. No guarantees have been given or received. No provision has 
been made for doubtful debts in respect of amounts owed by related parties.

29 Subsequent events
There have been no material events occurring between the reporting date and the date of approval of these consolidated financial statements.

112

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Company statement of financial position
as at 30 September 2019

Assets

Non-current assets

Investments

Current assets

Trade and other receivables – due within one year

Trade and other receivables – due after one year

Current tax asset

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Share capital

Share premium

Own shares

Retained earnings

Total equity

Note

2019 
£000

2018 
£000

6

7

7

8

10

12,978

11,282

6,566

3,513

25

16,232

26,336

39,314

(2,956)

(2,956)

36,358

51

7,667

(1,147)

29,787

36,358

2,461

2,765

128

12,894

18,248

29,530

(3,182)

(3,182)

26,348

42

4,410

(1,364)

23,260

26,348

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 4 December 2019 and signed on its behalf by:

Michael Summersgill
Chief Financial Officer

AJ Bell plc
Company registered number: 04503206

The notes on pages 115 to 118 form an integral part of these financial statements.

113

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Company statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 30 September 2019

Balance at 1 October 2018

Total comprehensive income for the year:

Profit for the year

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity:

Issue of shares

Settlement of part-paid shares

Bonus issue

Dividends paid

Equity settled share-based payment transactions

Deferred tax effect of share-based payments

Tax relief on exercise of share options

Purchase of own share capital

Share transfer to employees

Own shares acquired

Total transactions with owners

Balance at 30 September 2019

Balance at 1 October 2017

Total comprehensive income for the year:

Profit for the year

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity:

Issue of shares

Settlement of part-paid shares

Dividends paid

Equity settled share–based payment transactions

Deferred tax effect of share–based payment transactions

Tax relief on exercise of share options

Purchase of own share capital

Own shares acquired

Total transactions with owners

Balance at 30 September 2018

Share  
capital 
£000

42

Share  
premium 
£000

4,410

Retained  
earnings 
£000

23,260

Own
 shares 
£000

(1,364)

–

–

1

9

–

–

–

–

(1)

–

–

9

51

–

18,586

1,081

2,185

(9)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(14,938)

1,100

663

1,383

–

(267)

–

3,257

7,667

(12,059)

29,787

Share  
capital 
£000

40

Share  
premium 
£000

2,806

Retained  
earnings  
£000

21,009

–

1

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

2

42

–

22,465

1,291

313

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(20,095)

112

51

128

(410)

–

1,604

4,410

(20,214)

23,260

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

267

(50)

217

(1,147)

Own
shares 
£000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1,364)

(1,364)

(1,364)

Total  
equity 
£000

26,348

18,586

1,081

2,186

–

(14,938)

1,100

663

1,383

(1)

–

(50)

(8,576)

36,358

Total  
equity 
£000

23,855

22,465

1,292

314

(20,095)

112

51

128

(410)

(1,364)

(19,972)

26,348

The notes on pages 115 to 118 form an integral part of these financial statements.

114

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Notes to the Company financial statements
for the year ended 30 September 2019

1 General information
The principal activity of AJ Bell plc (the ‘Company’) is that of a holding company.

The Company is a public limited company which is listed on the London Stock Exchange and incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006 
and is registered in England and Wales. The Company’s number is 04503206 and its registered office is 4 Exchange Quay, Salford Quays, Manchester, M5 3EE.

2 Significant accounting policies
Basis of accounting
The financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis and a going concern basis. These financial statements are presented in sterling, which 
is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Company operates, rounded to the nearest thousand.

The financial statements are prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard FRS 101 Reduced disclosure framework (‘FRS 101’). 
The amendments to FRS 101 (2014/15) issued in 2015 have been applied.

In preparing these financial statements the Company applies the recognition, measurement and disclosure requirements of International Financial 
Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU (‘Adopted IFRS’s’) but makes amendments where necessary in order to comply with the Companies Act 2006 
and has set out below where advantage of the FRS 101 disclosure exemptions have been taken. Shareholders were notified of, and did not object to, the 
use of the EU-adopted disclosure exemptions.

Disclosure exemptions
The Company is included within the consolidated financial statements of AJ Bell plc, a company incorporated in the United Kingdom, whose 
consolidated financial statements are publicly available. Consequently, the Company has, in compliance with FRS 101, taken advantage of the 
exemption from preparing the following disclosures that would otherwise have been required under IFRS:

•  IAS 7 presentation of a cash flow statement;

•  IAS 8 Disclosures in respect of new standards and interpretations that have been issued but which are not yet effective;

•  IAS 24 Disclosure of key management personnel compensation and the disclosure of transactions with group companies;

•  IFRS 7 Disclosure in respect of financial instruments, provided that the equivalent disclosures are included in the consolidated financial statements 

of the Group in which the entity is consolidated;

•  IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement paragraphs 91 to 99, provided that equivalent disclosures are included within the consolidated financial statements 

of the Group for which the entity is consolidated; and

•  IFRS 2 Share-Based Payment paragraphs 45 and 46 to 52 provided that equivalent disclosures are included within the consolidated financial 

statements of the Group for which the entity is consolidated.

The accounting policies have been applied consistently to all periods presented in these financial statements, unless otherwise stated.

Investments
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are shown at cost less provision for impairment (see note 3).

Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the current tax payable and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it 
relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year and any adjustment to tax payable or receivable in 
respect of previous years, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the 
amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised on all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are 
recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available in the future, against which deductible temporary differences can be 
utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises (other than in a business combination) from:

•  the initial recognition of goodwill; or

•  investment in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future; or

•  the initial recognition of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the tax profit nor the accounting profit.

The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using 
tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Financial instruments
The Company follows the accounting policy of the Group for financial instruments. In addition the Company has balances with other group companies. 
Amounts owed by group companies are financial assets and are recognised at amortised cost. Amounts owed to group companies are financial 
liabilities and the classification and measurement remain unchanged on transition.

Employee Benefit Trust
The Group has an employee benefit trust, the AJ Bell Employee Benefit Trust, used for satisfying share awards under the Company’s employee share 
plans. AJ Bell plc is considered to be the sponsoring employer and so the assets and liabilities of the Trust are recognised as those of AJ Bell plc.

115

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Notes to the Company financial statements 
continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

2 Significant accounting policies continued
Shares of AJ Bell plc held by the Trust are treated as ‘own shares’ held and shown as a deduction from equity at the price paid for them. 
Subsequent consideration received for the sale of such shares is also recognised in equity, with any difference between the sales proceeds and original 
cost being taken to retained earnings.

3 Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
In the application of the Company’s accounting policies, which are described in note 2 of the consolidated financial statements, the Directors 
are required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions to determine the carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities. The estimates 
and associated assumptions are based on the Company’s historical experience and other relevant factors. Actual results may differ from the 
estimates applied.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which 
the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and 
future periods.

The following judgements have been made by the Directors in applying the Company’s policies:

Investments in subsidiaries
At each reporting date, the Company assesses whether there are any indicators of impairment in its investment in subsidiaries. If any such indicators 
exist, the investments recoverable amount is estimated. There are a number of estimates that management have used to forecast the expected future 
cash flows of the investments. The estimated recoverable amount of these balances is subjective due to the inherent uncertainty in forecasting trading 
conditions and cash flows used in the budgets. Management have identified impairment indicators over investment in subsidiaries with a total carrying 
value of £2.4m.

Key judgements and estimates in relation to the estimated recoverable amount of this investment include:

•  cash flow forecasts based on anticipated future demand for the investments products and services;

•  budgeted future costs attributable to the supply of the investments products and services; and

•  the level of ongoing maintenance expenditure required by the Company’s assets in order to generate the expected level of cash flows.

Any share transactions undertaken in the past 12 months are considered when assessing the fair value of the investment. 

The Directors have performed sensitivity analysis on their calculations, with key assumptions being revised adversely to reflect the potential for assets 
under management to be 25% below expected levels and a 20% increase on the pre-tax discount rate applied to cash flows. The value-in-use continued 
to support the carrying value of the investment with headroom of £10,000.

4 Profit for the year
As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company has elected not to present its own income statement for the year. The Company 
reported a profit of £18,586,000 for the year ended 30 September 2019 (2018: £22,465,000). This profit was generated from the Company’s principal 
activity which is that of a holding company.

The auditor’s remuneration for the audit and other services is disclosed in note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.

5 Dividends
Details of dividends paid during the year are disclosed in note 10 of the consolidated financial statements.

6 Investments

Cost

At 1 October

Additions

Share based payments

Disposal

At 30 September

Accumulated impairment losses 

At 1 October

Accumulated impairment losses at 30 September

Carrying value at 30 September

116

2019 
£000

15,484

600

1,096

–

17,180

(4,202)

(4,202)

12,978

 2018 
 £000

14,304

700

500

(20)

15,484

(4,202)

(4,202)

11,282

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019The Company has investments in the ordinary share capital of the following subsidiaries at 30 September 2019:

Name of subsidiary

Principal activity

Country of incorporation

AJ Bell Business Solutions Limited*

Investment/Group administration

England and Wales

AJ Bell Trustees Limited

Ashby London Trustees Limited

AJ Bell Platinum Limited*

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

AJ Bell Management Limited*

Investment administration

Sippdeal Trustees Limited

AJ Bell (PP) Trustees Limited

Whitehead Trustees Limited

Ashby London (PP) Trustees Limited

Sippdeal Limited

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

AJ Bell Securities Limited*

Dealing and custody

Lawshare Nominees Limited

AJ Bell EBT Limited*

AJ Bell Media Limited*

Dormant

Dormant

Media

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

AJ Bell Asset Management Limited*

Investment management services

England and Wales

AJ Bell Digital Savings Limited*

Dormant

England and Wales

Proportion of ownership interest  
and voting rights held

2019

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

2018

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

* 

indicates direct investment of AJ Bell plc

The financial statements for the year ended 30 September 2019 of AJ Bell EBT Limited have been exempted from audit under s479A of the Companies 
Act 2006 by way of parent guarantee from AJ Bell plc.

During the year AJ Bell Investments LLP, a dormant entity has been struck off the register at Companies House.

The registered office of all subsidiaries is 4 Exchange Quay, Salford Quays, Manchester, M5 3EE.

7 Trade and other receivables

Amounts due within one year:

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Prepayments 

Accrued income

Other receivables

Amounts due after one year:

Deferred tax asset relating to share-based payments (Consolidated note 16)

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

2019 
£000

1,456

21

5,082

7

6,566

1,063

2,450

3,513

2018 
£000

272

72

2,117

–

2,461

315

2,450

2,765

Amounts owed by Group undertakings falling due after one year relate to loans issued to AJ Bell Business Solutions Limited by the Company in relation to costs 
incurred by AJ Bell Business Solutions Limited in renewing IT infrastructure and administration systems in order to enhance products and services for the Group.

8 Trade and other payables

Current liabilities

Trade payables

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

2019 
£000

139

2,817

2,956

2018 
£000

771

2,411

3,182

117

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Notes to the Company financial statements 
continued
for the year ended 30 September 2019

9 Related party transactions
Transactions with key management personnel
The key management personnel of the Group and the Company are the same. The related party disclosure is given in note 28 of the consolidated 
financial statements.

Transactions with group companies:
During the year the Company entered into the following transactions with its subsidiaries:

Recharges

Dividends received

2019

2018

Receivable 
£000

Payable 
£000

Receivable 
£000

Payable 
£000

–

18,800

18,800

131

–

131

–

23,900

23,900

855

–

855

During the year the Company made a capital contribution of £0.6m (2018: £0.7m) to AJ Bell Asset Management Limited.

The Company’s balances with fellow group companies at the reporting date are set out in notes 7 and 8 of the Company financial statements.

All transactions and outstanding balances with fellow group companies are priced on an arm’s length basis and are to be settled in cash. None of the 
balances are secured and no provisions have been made for doubtful debts for any amounts due from fellow group companies.

Other related party transactions:
Charitable donations:
During the year the Company made two donations totalling £407,000 (2018: £140,000) to the AJ Bell Trust, a registered charity of which Mr A J Bell is a 
trustee. The first donation was for £187,000 and represented 0.5% of the PBT for the year as per the Company’s donation policy. The second donation 
for £220,000 was approved separately by the Board and represented the value of a salary sacrifice made by Andy Bell during the year.

10 Called-up share capital
The Company’s share capital is disclosed in note 22 to the consolidated financial statements.

118

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019119

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Other  
information

122	 Unaudited	five-year	summary
123  Glossary
124	 Definitions
IBC  Company information

120

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019121

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Unaudited five-year summary
for the year ended 30 September 2019

Results

Revenue

Profit from operations

Profit before tax

Profits attributable to equity holders of AJ Bell plc

Assets employed

Non-current assets

Current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Long-term provisions

Net assets

Financed by

Equity

Key statistics

Earnings per share (pence)1

Fully diluted earnings per share (pence)1

Dividends per share paid in year (pence)1

Dividend per share declared with respect to profits generated in 
year (pence)1

1  Restated to reflect the share reorganisation as disclosed in note 22.

2 

Includes a special dividend of 2.03p 

2019
£000

104,902

37,409

37,695

30,353

11,269

92,021

(14,202)

(1,475)

(1,550)

86,063

2018
£000

89,691

28,256

28,359

22,646

11,589

69,770

(15,511)

(1,034)

(778)

64,036

IFRS

2017
£000

75,576

21,776

21,697

17,571

11,722

64,310

(13,634)

(246)

(790)

61,362

2016
£000

64,466

16,749

16,779

13,440

9,993

57,248

(11,693)

(1,006)

(754)

53,788

2015
£000

57,038

15,387

15,469

12,329

10,011

52,231

(9,372)

(199)

(398)

52,273

86,063

64,036

61,362

53,788

52,273

7.51

7.47

3.74

4.83

5.76

5.63

5.10 2

5.73 2

4.46

4.44

2.68

2.94

3.42

3.41

2.99

2.68

3.15

3.14

2.63

2.66

122

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Glossary

The following abbreviations are used throughout the annual report and financial statements:

AGM

AJBIC

AJBYI

Android

Board

BPS

CASS

CGU

CODM

CRD IV

CRR

CSOP

DEPS

DTR

D2C

EMB

FCA

FRC

FRS

FTSE

GIA

HMRC

HR

IAS

ICAAP

ICO

IFRIC

IFRS

iOS

IPO

ISA

IT

KOS

KPI

LISA

MBO

Annual General Meeting

AJ Bell Investcentre

AJ Bell Youinvest

Mobile Operating System

The Board of Directors of AJ Bell plc

Basis points

Client Assets Sourcebook

Cash Generating Unit

Chief Operating Decision Maker

The Capital Requirements Directive IV

Capital Requirement Regulation

Company Share Option Plan

Diluted Earnings Per Share

Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules

Direct to Consumer

Executive Management Board

Financial Conduct Authority

Financial Reporting Council

Financial Reporting Standards

The Financial Times Stock Exchange

General Investment Account

Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs

Human Resources

International Accounting Standard

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process

Information Commissioner’s Office

International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee

International Financial Reporting Standards

Mobile Operating System developed by Apple Inc.

Initial Public Offering

Individual Savings Account

Information Technology

Key Operating System

Key Performance Indicator

Lifetime ISA

Management buy out

MiFID II

Markets in Financial Instruments Directive II

MPS

OCF

OEIC

OTB

PBT

PLC

SIPP

SMCR

SREP

SSAS

Managed Portfolio Service

Ongoing Charges Figure

Open-Ended Investment Company

Option To Buy

Profit Before Tax

Public Limited Company

Self-Invested Personal Pension

Senior Manager and Certification Regime

Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process

Small Self-Administered Scheme

123

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationAJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Definitions

AUA
Assets Under Administration.

Brexit
The exit of the United Kingdom from the European Union.

Customer retention rate
Relates to platform customers.

FY19
Our financial year 1 October 2018 - 30 September 2019.

FY20
Our financial year 1 October 2019 - 30 September 2020.

Listing rules
Regulations subject to the oversight of the FCA applicable to companies listed on a UK stock exchange.

Own shares
Shares held by the Group to satisfy future incentive plans.

Platforum
The advisory and research business specialising in investment platforms.

Recurring revenue
Recurring revenue is revenue that is derived from an ongoing service provided to the customer.

Return on assets
Profit after tax divided by net assets. 

Revenue per £ AUA
 Represents revenue as a percentage of the average AUA in the year. Average AUA is calculated as the average of the opening and closing AUA in each 
quarter averaged for the year.

Transactional revenue
Transactional revenue is revenue that is derived from a customer’s transactional activity.

UK Corporate Governance Code
 A code which sets out standards for best boardroom practice with a focus on Board leadership and effectiveness, remuneration, accountability and 
relations with shareholders.

124

AJ Bell | Annual report and financial statements 2019Company information

Company number
04503206

Company secretary
Christopher Bruce Robinson

Registered office
4 Exchange Quay
Salford Quays
Manchester
M5 3EE

Auditor
KPMG LLP
1 St Peter’s Square
Manchester
M2 3AE

Banker
Bank of Scotland plc
1 Lochrin Square
92 – 98 Fountainbridge
Edinburgh
EH3 9QA

Consultancy, design and production
www.luminous.co.uk

Design and production

www.luminous.co.uk

A

J

B

e

l

l

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

fi

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

s

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

2

0

1

9

AJ Bell plc
4 Exchange Quay, 
Salford Quays,
Manchester 
M5 3EE
T: 0345 40 89 100

www.ajbell.co.uk

Company registration number 04503206